Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

GC28-6991-02a Service Guide For 2461 Support Element (Base Service)

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 230

IBM Z

Service Guide for


2461 Support Element
(Base Service)
Level 02a

IBM

GC28-6991-02
Note:
Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Safety” on page v,
Appendix D, “Notices,” on page 213, and Environmental Notices and User Guide, Z125–5823.

This edition, GC28-6991-02a, applies to the 2461 Support Element. This edition replaces GC28-6991-02.
There may be a newer version of this document in a PDF file available on Resource Link. Go to http://www.ibm.com/
servers/resourcelink and click Library on the navigation bar.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2018, 2019.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with
IBM Corp.
Level 02a

Contents

Safety................................................................................................................... v
Safety notices............................................................................................................................................... v
Danger notices........................................................................................................................................ v
World trade safety information...............................................................................................................v
Laser safety information...............................................................................................................................v
Laser compliance.................................................................................................................................... v

About this publication..........................................................................................vii


Revisions.....................................................................................................................................................vii
Related publications...................................................................................................................................vii
Related HMC and SE console information................................................................................................. vii
Accessibility................................................................................................................................................ vii
Accessibility features........................................................................................................................... viii
Keyboard navigation............................................................................................................................ viii
Consult assistive technologies............................................................................................................ viii
IBM and accessibility........................................................................................................................... viii
How to send your comments.....................................................................................................................viii

Summary of changes.............................................................................................ix

Chapter 1. Introduction......................................................................................... 1
2461 Support Element features and specifications................................................................................... 4
What you should know before exchanging any component (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2).......................... 5
What you should know before exchanging any component (2461-SE3)................................................... 6

Chapter 2. Parts list...............................................................................................9


Replaceable parts (2461 SE1 and 2461 SE2).............................................................................................9
Replaceable parts (2461-SE3 and 2461-VA3)......................................................................................... 11

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting..................................................................................15
Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)................................................................ 15
Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3).........................................................................................35
DC and AC power LEDs (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)................................................................................. 51
Power LEDs (2461-SE3)............................................................................................................................ 52
Bypass the KVM switch (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2).................................................................................53

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components................................................................55


Display unit: Replace Vertiv KMM with Vertiv KMM (2461-SE2).............................................................. 55
Display unit: Replace Vertiv KMM with UPG KMM (2461-SE2)................................................................ 63
Display unit: Replace UPG KMM with UPG KMM (2461-SE2).................................................................. 93
Display unit: Replace compact KMM keyboard display (2461-SE3)......................................................127
Display unit: Replace compact KMM interface adapter (2461-SE3)..................................................... 128
Replace the primary interface adapter with the secondary interface adapter................................ 129
Replace the primary interface adapter with a new interface adapter..............................................130

Appendix A. Reloading the hard disk drive......................................................... 133


Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE1)....................................................................... 133
Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE1) .....................................................................................134
Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE2)....................................................................... 135

iii
Level 02a

Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE2) .....................................................................................136


Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3)....................................................................... 138
Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3) .....................................................................................139

Appendix B. 2461 configuration......................................................................... 141


2461-SE1 configuration.......................................................................................................................... 141
2461-SE2 configuration.......................................................................................................................... 150
2461-SE3 configuration.......................................................................................................................... 158
2461-VA3 configuration.......................................................................................................................... 183

Appendix C. Operating the compact KMM console unit (keyboard/display).......... 209


Launching and navigating the on-screen display (OSD)......................................................................... 209
Understanding the on-screen display (OSD) sub-menus.......................................................................209

Appendix D. Notices.......................................................................................... 213


Trademarks..............................................................................................................................................213
Class A Notices........................................................................................................................................ 214

iv
Level 02a

Safety

Safety notices
Safety notices may be printed throughout this guide. DANGER notices warn you of conditions or
procedures that can result in death or severe personal injury. CAUTION notices warn you of conditions or
procedures that can cause personal injury that is neither lethal nor extremely hazardous. Attention
notices warn you of conditions or procedures that can cause damage to machines, equipment, or
programs.

Danger notices

World trade safety information


Several countries require the safety information contained in product publications to be presented in their
translation. If this requirement applies to your country, a safety information booklet is included in the
publications package shipped with the product. The booklet contains the translated safety information
with references to the US English source. Before using a US English publication to install, operate, or
service this product, you must first become familiar with the related safety information in the Systems
Safety Notices, G229-9054. You should also refer to the booklet any time you do not clearly understand
any safety information in the US English publications.

Laser safety information


All IBM Z® (Z) and IBM LinuxONE™ (LinuxONE) models can use I/O cards such as FICON®, Open Systems
Adapter (OSA), InterSystem Channel-3 (ISC-3), RoCE Express, Integrated Coupling Adapter (ICA SR),
zHyperLink Express, or other I/O features which are fiber optic based and utilize lasers (short wavelength
or long wavelength lasers).

Laser compliance
All lasers are certified in the US to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class 1
or Class 1M laser products. Outside the US, they are certified to be in compliance with IEC 60825 as a
Class 1 or Class 1M laser product. Consult the label on each part for laser certification numbers and
approval information.
Laser Notice: U.S. FDA CDRH NOTICE if low power lasers are utilized, integrated, or offered with end
product systems as applicable. Complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except for conformance with
IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019.
CAUTION: Data processing environments can contain equipment transmitting on system links with
laser modules that operate at greater than Class 1 power levels. For this reason, never look into the
end of an optical fiber cable or open receptacle. (C027)
CAUTION: This product contains a Class 1M laser. Do not view directly with optical instruments.
(C028)

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 v


Level 02a

vi IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

About this publication


This guide is for service representatives who perform isolation and repair actions associated with the
2461 Support Element. It also contains information about exchanging display components and bypassing
the KVM component.
• Chapter 1, “Introduction,” on page 1 provides a brief description of the 2461 Support Element and
shows the components that are located in the front and rear of the 2461 Support Element.
• Chapter 2, “Parts list,” on page 9 provides a list of the components that can be exchanged and the
location of the component in the 2461 Support Element.
• Chapter 3, “Troubleshooting,” on page 15 provides information on helping to determine what needs to
be removed and replaced. It also contains information on bypassing the KVM component.
• Chapter 4, “Exchanging the components,” on page 55 provides information about how to remove a
defective display unit from, and install a replacement display unit into, the 8561 machine.
• The Appendices provide information about reloading the hard disk drive, 2461 configuration, operating
the compact keyboard/monitor/mouse (compact KMM) console unit, and trademark information.

Revisions
A technical change from the previous edition of this document is indicated by a vertical line ( | ) to the left
of the change.

Related publications
Publications that you will find helpful and that you should use along with this publication are in the
following list. Related publications can be found on Resource Link® at http://www.ibm.com/servers/
resourcelink. Click Library from the navigation bar on the left, then select the server product.
• 8561 Service Guide, GC28-6998
• 3907 Service Guide, GC28-6975
• 3906 Service Guide, GC28-6966
• z13s Service Guide, GC28-6955
• z13 Service Guide, GC28-6937

Related HMC and SE console information


Hardware Management Console (HMC) and Support Element (SE) information can be found on the
console help system.

Accessibility
Accessible publications for this product are offered in EPUB format and can be downloaded from
Resource Link at http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink.
If you experience any difficulty with the accessibility of any IBM Z® and IBM LinuxONE information, go to
Resource Link at http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink and click Feedback from the navigation bar
on the left. In the Comments input area, state your question or comment, the publication title and
number, choose General comment as the category and click Submit. You can also send an email to
reslink@us.ibm.com providing the same information.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 vii


Level 02a

When you send information to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute the information
in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.

Accessibility features
The following list includes the major accessibility features in IBM Z and IBM LinuxONE documentation,
and on the Hardware Management Console and Support Element console:
• Keyboard-only operation
• Interfaces that are commonly used by screen readers
• Customizable display attributes such as color, contrast, and font size
• Communication of information independent of color
• Interfaces commonly used by screen magnifiers
• Interfaces that are free of flashing lights that could induce seizures due to photo-sensitivity.

Keyboard navigation
This product uses standard Microsoft Windows navigation keys.

Consult assistive technologies


Assistive technology products such as screen readers function with our publications, the Hardware
Management Console, and the Support Element console. Consult the product information for the specific
assistive technology product that is used to access the EPUB format publication or console.

IBM and accessibility


See http://www.ibm.com/able for more information about the commitment that IBM® has to accessibility.

How to send your comments


Your feedback is important in helping to provide the most accurate and high-quality information. Send
your comments by using Resource Link at http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink. Click Feedback on
the navigation bar on the left. You can also send an email to reslink@us.ibm.com. Be sure to include the
name of the book, the form number of the book, the version of the book, if applicable, and the specific
location of the text you are commenting on (for example, a page number, table number, or a heading).

viii IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Summary of changes
Summary of changes for the Service Guide for 2461 Support Element (Base Service), GC28-6991.

Table 1. Summary of changes


Release Level Date Changes in Level
01 05/2018 This revision contains editorial changes and the following technical
changes:
• Added Symptom G for the 3907 machine in Chapter 3,
“Troubleshooting,” on page 15
• Added “Display unit: Replace Vertiv KMM with Vertiv KMM (2461-
SE2)” on page 55
• Added “Bypass the KVM switch (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)” on page
53
• Added Appendix A, “Reloading the hard disk drive,” on page 133
• Added Appendix B, “2461 configuration,” on page 141

02 12/2018 This revision contains editorial changes and the following technical
changes:
• Added “Display unit: Replace Vertiv KMM with UPG KMM (2461-SE2)”
on page 63
• Added “Display unit: Replace UPG KMM with UPG KMM (2461-SE2)”
on page 93
• Updated steps in Appendix A, “Reloading the hard disk drive,” on page
133

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 ix


Level 02a

Table 1. Summary of changes (continued)


Release Level Date Changes in Level
03 09/2019 This revision contains editorial changes and the following technical
changes:
• Added information about the 2461 Support Element (Model 2461-
SE3) throughout this document. See:
– Table 3 on page 5
– “Replaceable parts (2461-SE3 and 2461-VA3)” on page 11
– “Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3)” on page 35
– “Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3)” on page
138
– “Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3)” on page
138.
• Added exchange instructions for the compact keyboard/monitor/
mouse (compact KMM) and its interface adapter. See “Display unit:
Replace compact KMM keyboard display (2461-SE3)” on page 127
and “Display unit: Replace compact KMM interface adapter (2461-
SE3)” on page 128.
• In Chapter 4, made minor updates to the steps in “Display unit:
Replace Vertiv KMM with UPG KMM (2461-SE2)” on page 63 and
“Display unit: Replace UPG KMM with UPG KMM (2461-SE2)” on page
93.
• Added configuration information for the Hardware Management
Appliance (2461-VA3). See “2461-VA3 configuration” on page 183.

02a 2/2020 This revision contains editorial changes and the following technical
changes:
• For systems being serviced in California, added information about a
change to the password for the SERVICE default user ID. A notice was
added to “What you should know before exchanging any component
(2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)” on page 5 or “What you should know
before exchanging any component (2461-SE3)” on page 6.

x IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Chapter 1. Introduction

The 2461 Support Elements are 1U-high units (machine type and model 2461-SE1, 2461-SE2 or 2461-
SE3).
• The 2461-SE3 Support Element in the 8561 machine supports AC and DC power.
• The 2461-SE2 Support Element in the 3907 machine supports AC power.
• The 2461-SE2 Support Element in the 3906 machine supports DC power.
• The 2461-SE1 Support Element in the z13s® machine supports DC power.
• The 2461-SE1 Support Element in the z13® machine supports DC power.
The Support Element is a dedicated workstation used for monitoring and operating the system and is
located inside the same frame that the system is located.

Support Element components (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)


Figure 1 on page 2 shows the components located in the front and rear of the 2461 Support Element.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 1


Level 02a

Figure 1. 2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2 Support Element - front and rear views

Support Element components (2461-SE3)


Figure 2 on page 3 shows the components located in the front and rear of the 2461 Support Element.

2 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Figure 2. 2461-SE3 Support Element - front and rear views

Chapter 1. Introduction 3
Level 02a

2461 Support Element features and specifications

2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2

Table 2. 2461 Support Element (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) features and specifications

CPU: Video: Integrated functions:


• 3.2 GHz Intel Xeon E3-1225 v3 • AST2400 • Six Intel l350 Ethernet ports
Memory: Fans: • One Intel l210 management
Ethernet port
• RAM: 32 GB • Five front-removable hot-swap
fans • Eight USB ports
• Type: DDR3, ECC
Power® supply: Electrical input:
• Slots: 4
• Supports: 32 GB • Two 900-watt AC (on the 3907 • Sine-wave input (47-63 Hz)
machine) required
Optical drive:
Two 750-watt DC (on the 3906 • Input voltage low range:
• Slim-line DVD drive machine)
– Minimum: 90 Vrms
Two 750-watt DC (on the z13s
Hard drive: – Maximum: 137 Vrms
machine)
• 1 TB SATA hard drive Two 750-watt DC (on the z13 • Input voltage high range:
machine)
Environment: – Minimum: 180 Vrms
Air flow:
• Operating: – Maximum: 265 Vrms
• 350LFM continuous airflow • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA),
– Temperature: 5oC - 50oC
(41oF - 122oF) Size: approximately:
– Altitude: 3050 m (~10,000 • Height: 4.45 cm (1.75 in) – Minimum: 0.134 kVA
ft) – Maximum: 0.988 kVA
• Depth: 71.12 cm (28.00 in)
– Humidity:
• Width: 48.26 cm (19 in)
- Non-condensing: -12oC • Weight: approximately 15.97
(10.4oF) dew point kg (35.2 lb)
- Relative humidity: 8% -
93%
• Storage (non-operating):
– Temperature: -40oC - 60oC
(-40oF - 140oF)
– Relative humidity: 5% -
100%

4 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

2461-SE3 and 2461-VA3

Table 3. 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3) and Hardware Management Appliance (2461-VA3) features
and specifications

CPU: Video: Integrated functions:


• 3.3 GHz Intel Xeon E3-1225 v5 • AST2500 • Six Intel l350 Ethernet ports
• 3.8 GHz Intel Xeon E3-1275 v6 Fans: • Two Intel l210 management
(Hardware Management Ethernet ports
Appliance only) • Three front-removable hot-
swap fans • Eight USB ports (USB 2.0 and
Memory: USB 3.0)
Power supply:
• RAM: 32 GB (Support Element), Electrical input:
64 GB (Hardware Management • Two 900-watt AC (on the 8561 • Sine-wave input (47-63 Hz)
Appliance) machine)
required
• Type: DDR4, ECC Air flow:
• Input voltage low range:
• Slots: 4 • 350LFM continuous airflow
– Minimum: 90 Vrms
• Supports: 32 GB (Support Size: – Maximum: 137 Vrms
Element), 64 GB (Hardware
Management Appliance) • Height: 4.45 cm (1.75 in) • Input voltage high range:
• Depth: 71.12 cm (28.00 in) – Minimum: 180 Vrms
Hard drive:
• Width: 48.26 cm (19 in) – Maximum: 265 Vrms
• 2 TB SATA hard drive
• Weight: approximately 15.97 • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA),
Environment: kg (35.2 lb) approximately:
• Operating:
– Minimum: 0.134 kVA
– Temperature: 5oC - 50oC – Maximum: 0.988 kVA
(41oF - 122oF)
– Altitude: 3050 m (~10,000
ft)
– Humidity:
- Non-condensing: -12oC
(10.4oF) dew point
- Relative humidity: 8% -
93%
• Storage (non-operating):
– Temperature: -40oC - 60oC
(-40oF - 140oF)
– Relative humidity: 5% -
100%

What you should know before exchanging any component (2461-SE1 and
2461-SE2)
Before exchanging any component, you should be aware of the following:
• For systems being serviced in the state of California, U.S.A., the SERVMODE default password is no
longer supported. You must obtain the current password from the customer to continue logging in.
• When replacing the entire 2461 Support Element, you must remove the power supplies and the rails
from the defective 2461 Support Element and install them on the replacement 2461 Support Element.

Chapter 1. Introduction 5
Level 02a

Also, before removing the entire 2461 Support Element from the frame, remove the system board
power supplies, and hard disk drive to reduce its weight.
• The 2461 Support Element on the 3907 machine (IBM z14™ Model ZR1) supports AC power. The 2461
Support Element on the 3906 machine (z14 Models M01, M02, M03, M04, or M05) supports DC power.
The 2461 Support Element on the z13s machine and z13 machine support DC power.
• The field stock for the system board will be only the system board and battery. The repair action for the
system board will require the service representative to swap the DIMMs and the Smart Card Reader.
• Ensure that service is being performed on the alternate 2461 Support Element. If the suspect 2461
Support Element is the primary 2461 Support Element, review the "Switching Support Elements"
information in the z13s Service Guide, the z13 Service Guide, the 3906 Service Guide, or the 3907
Service Guide to perform a concurrent switch that makes the suspect 2461 Support Element the logical
alternate 2461 Support Element.
• Before starting the repair, ensure that "Service Status" is enabled. This prevents the primary 2461
Support Element, if available, from performing recovery actions to power cycle the alternate 2461
Support Element. Service Status prevents the primary 2461 Support Element from reporting any errors
due to the alternate being unavailable.
• Before replacing any parts on the 2461 Support Element, you must start the R&V Perform a Repair
Action task on the primary Support Element using the location of the defective part. This task guides
you through the proper preparation before exchanging the part. The R&V information then directs you to
return to the instructions in this document to remove and replace the part.
• When replacing the system board (on a 2461-SE1) or when replacing the system battery or whole
server (on a 2461-SE1 or 2461-SE2), the service representative must review, and possibly change,
some of the configuration settings.
If you are replacing the system board on a 2461-SE2 or 2461-TW2, no configuration changes are
needed.
The remove and repair steps provide information on how to review or change the necessary
configuration settings. A complete list of configuration settings is available in Appendix B, “2461
configuration,” on page 141.
• When replacing the system board or system battery on the 2461-SE2 or when replacing the hard disk
drive or whole server on the 2461-SE1 or 2461-SE2, the service representative must review the hard
disk reload information.
This information is available in Appendix A, “Reloading the hard disk drive,” on page 133. You will be
directed to the information in the remove and repair steps.
Note: When replacing the system board or system battery on the 2461-SE1, you do not have to reload
the hard disk drive.
• Before removing any component, make sure a replacement component is available.

What you should know before exchanging any component (2461-SE3)


Before exchanging any component, you should be aware of the following:
• For systems being serviced in the state of California, U.S.A., the SERVMODE default password is no
longer supported. You must obtain the current password from the customer to continue logging in.
• The compact keyboard/monitor/mouse (compact KMM) is used by service representatives to perform
problem isolation and repair actions on the 2461-SE3 Support Element. The compact KMM is shipped
inside the KMM storage box of the 8561 and must be installed before servicing can begin.
If the compact KMM is not installed on the system that you are servicing, see Preparing the KMM unit in
the 8561 Service Guide (GC28-6998-00) for installation instructions. This includes information about
temporarily removing the optional Earthquake Kit feature hardware, if installed on the system, to allow
the compact KMM hardware to be installed.

6 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

• Before removing the entire 2461 Support Element from the frame, remove the system board and power
supplies to reduce its weight.
• The 2461 Support Element on the 8561 machine (IBM z15 Model T01) supports AC power.
• The field stock for the system board will be only the system board and battery. The repair action for the
system board will require the service representative to swap the DIMMs and the Smart Card Reader.
• Ensure that service is being performed on the alternate 2461 Support Element. If the suspect 2461
Support Element is the primary 2461 Support Element, review the Switching Support Elements
information in the 8561 Service Guide, to perform a concurrent switch that makes the suspect 2461
Support Element the logical alternate 2461 Support Element.
• Before starting the repair, ensure that Service Status is enabled. This prevents the primary 2461
Support Element, if available, from performing recovery actions to power cycle the alternate 2461
Support Element. Service Status prevents the primary 2461 Support Element from reporting any errors
due to the alternate being unavailable.
• Before replacing any parts on the 2461 Support Element, you must start the R&V Perform a Repair
Action task on the primary Support Element using the location of the defective part. This task guides
you through the proper preparation before exchanging the part. The R&V information then directs you to
return to the instructions in this document to remove and replace the part.
• When replacing the system board, hard drive, or whole server on the 2461-SE3, the service
representative must review the hard disk reload information.
This information is available in Appendix A, “Reloading the hard disk drive,” on page 133. You will be
directed to the information in the remove and repair steps.
• Before removing any component, make sure a replacement component is available.

Chapter 1. Introduction 7
Level 02a

8 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Chapter 2. Parts list

This chapter lists the replaceable components and power cords that are available for the 2461 Support
Element.

Replaceable parts (2461 SE1 and 2461 SE2)


The following figures and tables (Table 4 on page 9, Table 5 on page 10, and Table 10 on page 14)
identify the replaceable parts on the 2461 Support Element ((SE1 and SE2).

Figure 3. 2461 Support Element - replaceable FRUs and FRU locations

Table 4. Front and rear replaceable FRUs


Index Description FRU location
1 DVD (1) A41_OPTICAL_DRIVE
A42_OPTICAL_DRIVE
2 hard disk drive (1) A41C_FIXED_DISK
A42C_FIXED_DISK

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 9


Level 02a

Table 4. Front and rear replaceable FRUs (continued)


Index Description FRU location
3 individual fans (5) A41C_FAN_1
A42C_FAN_1
A41C_FAN_2
A42C_FAN_2
A41C_FAN_3
A42C_FAN_3
A41C_FAN_4
A42C_FAN_4
A41C_FAN_5
A42C_FAN_5
4 system board (1) A41CSBC1
A42CSBC1
5 AC power supply (2) - for the 3907 A41CPS01
machine A42CPS01
or A41CPS02
DC power supply (2) - for the 3906, z13s, A42CPS02
and z13 machines

Figure 4. System board - replaceable FRU and FRU locations

Table 5. System board replaceable FRUs


Index Description FRU location
6 battery (1) A41C_BATTERY
A42C_BATTERY
7 DIMMs (4) A41C_MEMORY_DIMM_01
A42C_MEMORY_DIMM_01
A41C_MEMORY_DIMM_02
A42C_MEMORY_DIMM_02
A41C_MEMORY_DIMM_03
A42C_MEMORY_DIMM_03
A41C_MEMORY_DIMM_04
A42C_MEMORY_DIMM_04

10 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 5. System board replaceable FRUs (continued)


Index Description FRU location
8 Smart Card Reader (1) A41C_SMART_CARD_RDR
A42C_SMART_CARD_RDR

Table 6. 2461 Support - full-replacement FRU


Index Description FRU location
9 2461 Support Element (2) - whole unit A41CWHU1
chassis A42CWHU1

Replaceable parts (2461-SE3 and 2461-VA3)


The following figures and tables (Table 7 on page 12, Table 8 on page 13, and Table 10 on page 14)
identify the replaceable parts on the 2461 Support Element (2461 SE3) and the Hardware Management
Appliance (2461-VA3).

Chapter 2. Parts list 11


Level 02a

Figure 5. 2461 Support Element and Hardware Management Appliance - replaceable FRUs and FRU
locations

Table 7. Front and rear replaceable FRUs


Index Description FRU location
1 hard disk drive (1) A41C_FIXED_DISK
A42C_FIXED_DISK
2 individual fans (3) A41C_FAN_2
A42C_FAN_2
A41C_FAN_3
A42C_FAN_3
A41C_FAN_4
A42C_FAN_4
3 system board (1) A41CSBC1
A42CSBC1
4 AC power supply (2) A41CPS01
A42CPS01
A41CPS02
A42CPS02

12 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Figure 6. System board - replaceable FRUs and FRU locations (battery, DIMMs, and Smart Card Reader)

Table 8. System board replaceable FRUs (battery, DIMMs, and Smart Card Reader)
Index Description FRU location
5 battery (1) A41C_BATTERY
A42C_BATTERY
6 DIMMs (4) A41C_MEMORY_DIMM_01
A42C_MEMORY_DIMM_01
A41C_MEMORY_DIMM_02 (HMA only)
A42C_MEMORY_DIMM_02 (HMA only)
A41C_MEMORY_DIMM_03
A42C_MEMORY_DIMM_03
A41C_MEMORY_DIMM_04 (HMA only)
A42C_MEMORY_DIMM_04 (HMA only)
7 Smart Card Reader (1) A41C_SMART_CARD_RDR
A42C_SMART_CARD_RDR

Chapter 2. Parts list 13


Level 02a

Figure 7. System board - replaceable power card FRU

Table 9. System board replaceable power card FRU


Index Description FRU location
8 Power card (1) A41C_POWER_CARD
A42C_POWER_CARD

Table 10. 2461 Support Element - full-replacement FRU


Index Description FRU location
9 2461 Support Element (2) - whole unit A41CWHU1
chassis A42CWHU1

14 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting

This chapter describes troubleshooting information to help you solve problems that might occur in the
2461 Support Element.

Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)


This section contains troubleshooting information for the 2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2. For troubleshooting
information for the 2461-SE3, see “Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3)” on page 35.
Notes:
• The term reseat in the following tables means to follow the procedure as if you were going to replace
the part, but you are just reinstalling the same part.
• As you go through the steps in the troubleshooting instructions in this section, for each step that
requires you to replace a FRU, proceed with either of the following:
– Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one by continuing to the appropriate step.
– Delay the repair until this FRU is available.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 15


Level 02a

16 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)


Symptoms Corrective actions
A - The 2461 Support Step 1 --
Element does not power Using the information in “DC and AC power LEDs (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)”
up on page 51, check the LEDs on one of the power supplies on the rear of the
2461 Support Element.
a -- If the power input LED is not lit (indicating no power), go to Step 2.
b -- If the Power-supply error LED is lit (indicating power supply is defective),
go to Step 5.
c -- If the power LED is lit and the Power-supply error LED is not lit
(indicating normal operation) and you have only checked one power supply,
repeat Step 1a - Step 1c for the other power supply. Otherwise, go to Step 6.

Step 2 --
Verify with the customer that there is power at the source. Is there power at
the source?
• Yes ... Go to Step 3.
• No ... Have the customer correct the power at the source. Did the 2461
Support Element power up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
Check the power cords. Are the power cords connected at both ends?
• Yes ... Disconnect the power cords and check both ends of the power cords
to ensure they are not damaged. Are any power cord ends damaged?
– Yes ... Go to Step 4.
– No ... Connect the power cords, and go to Step 5.
• No ... Check both ends of the power cords to ensure they are not damaged.
Are any power cord ends damaged?
– Yes ... Go to Step 4.
– No ... Connect the power cords. Did the 2461 Support Element power
up?
- Yes ... done
- No ... Go to Step 5.

Step 4 --
Replace the damaged power cord. Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 5.

Step 5 --
Reseat the power supplies. Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 6.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 17
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
A - The 2461 Support Step 6 --
Element does not power If new power supplies are available, replace the existing power supplies with
up (... continued) the new power supplies using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original power supplies using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.
If new power supplies are not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 7.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
power supplies using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original power supplies using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.

Step 7 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 8.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 8.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 8.

Step 8 --
Order a replacement 2461 Support Element and replace the entire 2461
Support Element using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.

18 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
B - The 2461 Support Step 1 --
Element will not boot up Check the hard disk drive LED. Is the hard disk drive LED blinking?
• Yes ... Do you see hard disk errors during the boot sequence?
– Yes ... Go to section C, then return here.
– No ... Go to Step 3.
• No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
Reseat the hard disk drive. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
If a new hard disk drive is available, replace the existing hard disk drive with
the new hard disk drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original hard disk drive using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels., then go to Step 4.
If a new hard disk drive is not available, proceed with one of the following
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
hard disk drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original hard disk drive using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels., then go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Ensure each memory DIMM is seated properly using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 5.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 19
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
B - The 2461 Support Step 5 --
Element will not boot up If a new memory DIMM is available, starting with memory DIMM_01, replace
(... continued) the original memory DIMM using the information in the online Repair &
Verify panels. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original memory DIMM back into its original connector
using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. If you have not
replaced all of the original memory DIMMs yet, repeat Step 2 to replace
one of the other original memory DIMMs. Otherwise, go to Step 6.
If a new memory DIMM is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 6.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
memory DIMM using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original memory DIMM back into its original
connector using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.. If
you have not replaced all of the original memory DIMMs yet, repeat Step
2 to replace one of the other original memory DIMMs. Otherwise, go to
Step 6.

Step 6 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 7.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.

Step 7 --
Order a replacement 2461 Support Element and replace the entire 2461
Support Element using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.

20 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
C - You are receiving hard Step 1 --
drive errors If a new hard disk drive is available, replace the existing hard disk drive with
the new hard disk drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are you still receiving hard drive errors?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original hard disk drive using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 2.
• No ... done
If a new hard disk drive is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 2.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
hard disk drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are you still receiving hard drive errors?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original hard disk drive using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 2.
– No ... done

Step 2 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are you still receiving hard drive errors?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are you still receiving hard drive errors?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
– No ... done

Step 3 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 21
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
D - DVD tray will not eject Step 1 --
Check the DVD light. Is the DVD light on?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 2 --
Log onto the console to check if there is a running task still accessing the
DVD or if a task has failed. Does the task appear to be hung?
• Yes ... Shutdown and restart the 2461 Support Element. Will the DVD tray
eject now?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 3.
• No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray-release
opening (a hole located to the right of the eject button on the DVD drive). Will
the DVD tray eject now?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Reseat the DVD drive. Will the DVD tray eject now?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 5.

Step 5 --
If a new DVD drive is available, replace the existing DVD drive with the new
DVD drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Will the
DVD tray eject now?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original DVD drive using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 6.
If a new DVD drive is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 6.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
DVD drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Will
the DVD tray eject now?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original DVD drive using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 6.

22 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
D - DVD tray will not eject Step 6 --
(… continued) If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Will the DVD tray eject now?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 7.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Will the DVD tray eject now?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.

Step 7 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 23
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
E - You are receiving DVD Step 1 --
mount or read errors Check the DVD media. Is it scratched or smudged on the underside?
• Yes ... Clean the media or obtain a new one. Are you still receiving DVD
mount or read errors?
– Yes ... Go to Step 2.
– No ... done
• No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
Reseat the DVD drive. Are you still receiving DVD mount or read errors?
• Yes ... Go to Step 3.
• No ... done

Step 3 --
If a new DVD drive is available, replace the existing DVD drive with the new
DVD drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Are you
still receiving DVD mount or read errors?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original DVD drive using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
• No ... done
If a new DVD drive is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
DVD drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Are
you still receiving DVD mount or read errors?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original DVD drive using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
– No ... done

Step 4 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are you still receiving DVD mount or read errors?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 5.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 5.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are you still receiving DVD mount or read errors?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 5.
– No ... done

24 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
E - You are receiving DVD Step 5 --
mount or read errors Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
(… continued) Repair & Verify panels.
F - A fan LED is lit Step 1 --
Reseat the appropriate fan. Is the fan LED off?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
If a new fan is available, replace the existing fan with the new fan using the
information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is the fan LED off?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original fan using the information in the online Repair &
Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
If a new fan is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the fan
using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is the fan LED
off?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original fan using the information in the online Repair
& Verify panels, then go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Is the fan LED off?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is
the fan LED off?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 25
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
G - On the 3906, the Step 1 --
display is blank Ensure the display power cable is connected properly. Is the display power
cable connected?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... Connect the display power cable. Is the display working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
Ensure the display VGA cable is connected properly to the display. Is the
display VGA cable connected?
• Yes ... Go to Step 3.
• No … Connect the display VGA cable to the display. Is the display working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
Ensure the display VGA cable is connected properly to the Support Element.
Is the display VGA cable connected?
• Yes ... Go to Step 4.
• No … Connect the display VGA cable to the KVM. Is the display working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Replace and connect the display VGA cable. Is the display working?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 5.

Step 5 --
Replace and connect the display power cable. Is the display working?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 6.

Step 6 --
Replace the display and connect the display VGA cable and the display
power cable. Is the display working?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Contact the next level of support.

26 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
H - On the 3907, the Step 1 --
display is blank Ensure the display power cable is connected properly to the display and to
the PDU. Is the display power cable connected?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... Connect the display power cable. Is the display working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
Press the power On/Off button on the display unit. Does the green, blue, or
yellow LED illuminate?
• Yes ... Input power is present. Go to Step 3.
• No … Move the display unit power cable from A21NPDU1.J04 to
A21ZPDU2.J04. Is the display working?
– Yes ... The display unit is OK, however, PDU1 is defective. Contact next
level of support to determine how to exchange PDU1.
– No ... Move the display unit power cable back to A21NPDU1.J04 and go
to Step 3.

Step 3 --
Ensure the VGA cable is connected properly to the KVM. Is the VGA cable
connected to the KVM?
• Yes ... Go to Step 4.
• No … Connect the VGA cable to the KVM. Is the display working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Ensure the KVM end of the Support Element cables are connected properly
to the KVM. Are the Support Element cables connected to the KVM?
• Yes ... Go to Step 5.
• No … Connect the Support Element cables to the KVM. Is the display
working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 5.

Step 5 --
Ensure the three ends (the VGA cable end and the two USB cable ends) of
the Support Element cable for both Support Elements are connected
properly to the Support Elements. Are the three ends of each Support
Element cable connected to the Support Elements?
• Yes ... Go to Step 6.
• No ... Connect the three ends of the Support Element cable to the Support
Element. Is the display working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 6.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 27
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
H - On the 3907, the Step 6 --
display is blank Bypass the KVM to determine if the KVM is defective. (Refer to “Bypass the
(… continued) KVM switch (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)” on page 53, then return here.) Is
the display working?
• Yes ... Replace the KVM.
• No ... Go to Step 7.

Step 7 --
Move the KVM power cable from A21ZPDU2.J05 to A21NPDU1.J05. Is the
display working?
• Yes ... The display unit is OK, however, PDU2 is defective. Contact next
level of support to determine how to exchange PDU2.
• No ... Move the KVM power cable back to A21ZPDU2.J05 and go to Step 8.

Step 8 --
Order and replace the display. (Refer to “Display unit: Replace Vertiv KMM
with Vertiv KMM (2461-SE2)” on page 55.) Is the display working?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Contact the next level of support.

I - On the 3906, Step 1 --


keyboard is not Check that the keyboard cable is connected to the 2461 Support Element. Is
responding the keyboard cable connected?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... Connect the cable. Is the keyboard working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
Plug the keyboard cable into a different USB port on the 2461 Support
Element. Is the keyboard working?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
If applicable, check the connectors on the extensions Are the connectors
damaged?
• Yes ... Replace the extension cable. Is the keyboard working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 4.
• No ... Go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Replace the keyboard. Is the keyboard working?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Contact the next level of support.

28 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
J - On the 3907, Step 1 --
keyboard is not Ensure the display power cable is connected properly. Is the display power
responding cable connected?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... Connect the display power cable. Is the keyboard working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
Ensure the keyboard cable is connected properly to the display. Is the
keyboard cable connected to the display?
• Yes ... Go to Step 3.
• No … Connect the keyboard cable to the display. Is the keyboard working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
Ensure the keyboard cable is connected properly to the KVM. Is the
keyboard cable connected to the KVM?
• Yes ... Go to Step 4.
• No … Connect the keyboard cable to the KVM. Is the keyboard working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Ensure the KVM end of the Support Element cables are connected properly
to the KVM. Are the Support Element cables connected to the KVM?
• Yes ... Go to Step 5.
• No ... Connect the Support Element cables to the KVM. Is the keyboard
working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 5.

Step 5 --
Ensure the three ends (the VGA cable end and the two USB cable ends) of
the Support Element cable for both Support Elements are connected
properly to the Support Elements. Are the three ends of each Support
Element cable connected to the Support Elements?
• Yes ... Go to Step 6.
• No ... Connect the three ends of the Support Element cable to the Support
Element. Is the keyboard working?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 6.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 29
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
J - On the 3907, Step 6 --
keyboard is not Bypass the KVM to determine if the KVM is defective. (Refer to “Bypass the
responding KVM switch (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)” on page 53.) Is the keyboard
(… continued) working?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 7.

Step 7--
Replace the display. Is the keyboard working?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Contact your service representative.

30 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
K - The console is Step 1 --
reporting memory Starting with DIMM_01, ensure the memory DIMMs are seated properly
problems using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is the console
still reporting memory problems?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... done

Step 2 --
If a new memory DIMM is available, starting with memory DIMM_01, replace
the original memory DIMM using the information in the online Repair &
Verify panels. Is the console still reporting memory problems?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original memory DIMM back into its original connector
using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. If you have not
replaced all of the original memory DIMMs yet, repeat Step 2 to replace
one of the other original memory DIMMs. Otherwise, go to Step 3.
• No ... done
If a new memory DIMM is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
memory DIMM using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Is the console still reporting memory problems?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original memory DIMM back into its original
connector using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. If
you have not replaced all of the original memory DIMMs yet, repeat Step
2 to replace one of the other original memory DIMMs. Otherwise, go to
Step 3.
– No ... done

Step 3 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Is the console still reporting memory problems?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is
the console still reporting memory problems?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
– No ... done

Step 4 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 31
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
L - Configuration settings Step 1 --
are not saved across Using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels, check that the
reboots battery retaining clip is making contact with the battery. Is the retaining clip
making contact with the battery?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... Using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels, remove
the battery. Gently bend the clip back towards where the battery sits.
Then, reinstall the battery. Is the retaining clip making contact with the
battery?
– Yes ... Were the configuration settings saved across reboots?
- Yes ... done
- No ... Go to Step 2.
– No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 2 --
If a new battery is available, replace the existing battery with the new
battery using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Were the
configuration settings saved across reboots?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original battery using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
If a new battery is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
battery using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Were
the configuration settings saved across reboots?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original battery using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Were the configuration settings saved across reboots?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Were the configuration settings saved across reboots?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair &Element
32 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Verify panels.
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
M - The console is Step 1 --
reporting problems Reseat the Smart Card Reader. Are there still problems reading/writing to
reading/writing to the the Smart Card?
Smart Card
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... done

Step 2 --
If a new Smart Card Reader is available, replace the existing Smart Card
Reader with the new Smart Card Reader using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels. Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart
Card?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original Smart Card Reader using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
• No ... done
If a new Smart Card Reader is not available, proceed with one of the
following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
Smart Card Reader using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original Smart Card Reader using the information in
the online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
– No ... done

Step 3 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
– No ... done

Step 4 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 33
Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
N - The console is Step 1 --
reporting communication At the rear of the console, check that all the Ethernet cables are properly
errors or the console seated at both ends. Are the Ethernet cables properly seated?
cannot be contacted
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
remotely.
• No ... Reseat the Ethernet cables. Is the console still reporting errors or is
the console still unable to be contacted remotely?
– Yes ... Go to Step 2.
– No ... done

Step 2 --
Check the cables to ensure they are not damaged or bent. Are the Ethernet
cables bent or damaged?
• Yes ... Replace the Ethernet cable. Is the console still reporting errors or is
the console still unable to be contacted remotely?
– Yes ... Go to Step 3.
– No ... done
• No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
Check the 2461 Support Element Ethernet port. Is the left link light on?

• Yes ... Go to Step 4.


• No ... Replace the Ethernet cable. Is the console still reporting errors or is
the console still unable to be contacted remotely?
– Yes ... Go to Step 4.
– No ... done

Step 4 --
Verify with the customer that the customer port is OK. Is the customer port
OK?
• Yes ... Go to Step 5.
• No ... Have the customer fix their port. Is the console still reporting errors
or is the console still unable to be contacted remotely?
– Yes ... Go to Step 5.
– No ... done

34 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 11. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2) (continued)
Symptoms Corrective actions
N - The console is Step 5 --
reporting communication If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
errors or the console the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
cannot be contacted panels. Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
remotely
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
(... continued)
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 6.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 6.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 6.
– No ... done

Step 6 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3)


This section contains troubleshooting information for the 2461-SE3. For troubleshooting information for
the 2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2, see “Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)” on page
15 .
Notes:
• The term reseat in the following tables means to follow the procedure as if you were going to replace
the part, but you are just reinstalling the same part.
• As you go through the steps in the troubleshooting instructions in this section, for each step that
requires you to replace a FRU, proceed with either of the following:
– Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one by continuing to the appropriate step.
– Delay the repair until this FRU is available.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 35
Level 02a

36 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3)


Symptoms Corrective actions
A - The 2461 Support Step 1 --
Element does not power Using the information in “Power LEDs (2461-SE3)” on page 52, check the
up LEDs on one of the power supplies on the rear of the 2461 Support Element.
a -- If the power input LED is not lit (indicating no power), go to Step 2.
b -- If the Power-supply error LED is lit (indicating the power supply is
defective), go to Step 5.
c -- If the power LED is lit and the Power-supply error LED is not lit
(indicating normal operation) and you have only checked one power supply,
repeat Step 1a - Step 1c for the other power supply. Otherwise, go to Step 6.

Step 2 --
Verify with the customer that there is power at the source. Is there power at
the source?
• Yes ... Go to Step 3.
• No ... Have the customer correct the power at the source. Did the 2461
Support Element power up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
Check the power cords. Are the power cords connected at both ends?
• Yes ... Disconnect the power cords and check both ends of the power cords
to ensure they are not damaged. Are any power cord ends damaged?
– Yes ... Go to Step 4.
– No ... Connect the power cords, and go to Step 5.
• No ... Check both ends of the power cords to ensure they are not damaged.
Are any power cord ends damaged?
– Yes ... Go to Step 4.
– No ... Connect the power cords. Did the 2461 Support Element power
up?
- Yes ... done
- No ... Go to Step 5.

Step 4 --
Replace the damaged power cord. Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 5.

Step 5 --
Reseat the power supplies. Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 6.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 37
Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
A - The 2461 Support Step 6 --
Element does not power If new power supplies are available, replace the existing power supplies with
up (... continued) the new power supplies using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original power supplies using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.
If new power supplies are not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 7.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
power supplies using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original power supplies using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.

Step 7 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 8.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 8.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element power up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 8.

Step 8 --
Order a replacement 2461 Support Element and replace the entire 2461
Support Element using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.

38 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
B - The 2461 Support Step 1 --
Element will not boot up Check the hard disk drive LED. Is the hard disk drive LED blinking?
• Yes ... Do you see hard disk errors during the boot sequence?
– Yes ... Go to section C, then return here.
– No ... Go to Step 3.
• No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
Reseat the hard disk drive. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
If a new hard disk drive is available, replace the existing hard disk drive with
the new hard disk drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original hard disk drive using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels., then go to Step 4.
If a new hard disk drive is not available, proceed with one of the following
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
hard disk drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original hard disk drive using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels., then go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Ensure each memory DIMM is seated properly using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 5.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 39
Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
B - The 2461 Support Step 5 --
Element will not boot up If a new memory DIMM is available, starting with memory DIMM_01, replace
(... continued) the original memory DIMM using the information in the online Repair &
Verify panels. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original memory DIMM back into its original connector
using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. If you have not
replaced all of the original memory DIMMs yet, repeat Step 2 to replace
one of the other original memory DIMMs. Otherwise, go to Step 6.
If a new memory DIMM is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 6.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
memory DIMM using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original memory DIMM back into its original
connector using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.. If
you have not replaced all of the original memory DIMMs yet, repeat Step
2 to replace one of the other original memory DIMMs. Otherwise, go to
Step 6.

Step 6 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 7.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Did the 2461 Support Element boot up?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 7.

Step 7 --
Order a replacement 2461 Support Element and replace the entire 2461
Support Element using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.

40 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
C - You are receiving hard Step 1 --
drive errors If a new hard disk drive is available, replace the existing hard disk drive with
the new hard disk drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are you still receiving hard drive errors?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original hard disk drive using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 2.
• No ... done
If a new hard disk drive is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 2.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
hard disk drive using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are you still receiving hard drive errors?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original hard disk drive using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 2.
– No ... done

Step 2 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are you still receiving hard drive errors?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are you still receiving hard drive errors?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
– No ... done

Step 3 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 41
Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
D - A fan LED is lit Step 1 --
Reseat the appropriate fan. Is the fan LED off?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Go to Step 2.

Step 2 --
If a new fan is available, replace the existing fan with the new fan using the
information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is the fan LED off?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original fan using the information in the online Repair &
Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
If a new fan is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the fan
using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is the fan LED
off?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original fan using the information in the online Repair
& Verify panels, then go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Is the fan LED off?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is
the fan LED off?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.

Step 4 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

42 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
E - The console is Step 1 --
reporting memory Starting with DIMM_01, ensure the memory DIMMs are seated properly
problems using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is the console
still reporting memory problems?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... done

Step 2 --
If a new memory DIMM is available, starting with memory DIMM_01, replace
the original memory DIMM using the information in the online Repair &
Verify panels. Is the console still reporting memory problems?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original memory DIMM back into its original connector
using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. If you have not
replaced all of the original memory DIMMs yet, repeat Step 2 to replace
one of the other original memory DIMMs. Otherwise, go to Step 3.
• No ... done
If a new memory DIMM is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
memory DIMM using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Is the console still reporting memory problems?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original memory DIMM back into its original
connector using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. If
you have not replaced all of the original memory DIMMs yet, repeat Step
2 to replace one of the other original memory DIMMs. Otherwise, go to
Step 3.
– No ... done

Step 3 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Is the console still reporting memory problems?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Is
the console still reporting memory problems?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
– No ... done

Step 4 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 43
Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
F - Configuration settings Step 1 --
are not saved across Using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels, check that the
reboots battery is facing in the correct direction (positive side facing up) and that it is
sitting securely beneath the battery socket tab. Is the battery facing up and
seated securely within the battery socket?
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... Using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels, press
down on the battery socket's tab to tilt the battery horizontally and push it
out its socket. Then, reinstall the battery. Is the battery facing up and
seated securely within the battery socket?
– Yes ... Were the configuration settings saved across reboots?
- Yes ... done
- No ... Go to Step 2.
– No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 2 --
If a new battery is available, replace the existing battery with the new
battery using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Were the
configuration settings saved across reboots?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original battery using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
If a new battery is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
battery using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels. Were
the configuration settings saved across reboots?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original battery using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Were the configuration settings saved across reboots?
• Yes ... done
• No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Were the configuration settings saved across reboots?
– Yes ... done
– No ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.

44 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
F - Configuration settings Step 4 --
are not saved across Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
reboots (... continued) Repair & Verify panels.
G - The console is Step 1 --
reporting problems Reseat the Smart Card Reader. Are there still problems reading/writing to
reading/writing to the the Smart Card?
Smart Card
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
• No ... done

Step 2 --
If a new Smart Card Reader is available, replace the existing Smart Card
Reader with the new Smart Card Reader using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels. Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart
Card?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original Smart Card Reader using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
• No ... done
If a new Smart Card Reader is not available, proceed with one of the
following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 3.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
Smart Card Reader using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original Smart Card Reader using the information in
the online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 3.
– No ... done

Step 3 --
If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
panels. Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 4.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 4.
– No ... done

Step 4 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 45
Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
H - The console is Step 1 --
reporting communication At the rear of the console, check that all the Ethernet cables are properly
errors or the console seated at both ends. Are the Ethernet cables properly seated?
cannot be contacted
• Yes ... Go to Step 2.
remotely.
• No ... Reseat the Ethernet cables. Is the console still reporting errors or is
the console still unable to be contacted remotely?
– Yes ... Go to Step 2.
– No ... done

Step 2 --
Check the cables to ensure they are not damaged or bent. Are the Ethernet
cables bent or damaged?
• Yes ... Replace the Ethernet cable. Is the console still reporting errors or is
the console still unable to be contacted remotely?
– Yes ... Go to Step 3.
– No ... done
• No ... Go to Step 3.

Step 3 --
Check the 2461 Support Element Ethernet port. Is the left link light on?

• Yes ... Go to Step 4.


• No ... Replace the Ethernet cable. Is the console still reporting errors or is
the console still unable to be contacted remotely?
– Yes ... Go to Step 4.
– No ... done

Step 4 --
Verify with the customer that the customer port is OK. Is the customer port
OK?
• Yes ... Go to Step 5.
• No ... Have the customer fix their port. Is the console still reporting errors
or is the console still unable to be contacted remotely?
– Yes ... Go to Step 5.
– No ... done

46 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
H - The console is Step 5 --
reporting communication If a new system board is available, replace the existing system board with
errors or the console the new system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify
cannot be contacted panels. Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
remotely.
• Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
(...continued)
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 6.
• No ... done
If a new system board is not available, proceed with one of the following:
• Continue the repair with a different FRU if you have one. Go to Step 6.
• Delay the repair until this FRU is available. When available, replace the
system board using the information in the online Repair & Verify panels.
Are there still problems reading/writing to the Smart Card?
– Yes ... Reinstall the original system board using the information in the
online Repair & Verify panels, then go to Step 6.
– No ... done

Step 6 --
Replace the entire 2461 Support Element using the information in the online
Repair & Verify panels.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 47
Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
I - The compact Step 1 --
keyboard/monitor/ Remove the white USB-C cable (PN 02EC951) from the compact KMM and
mouse (compact KMM) the primary interface adapter (the interface adapter that is installed on the
display is blank. left side of the KMM storage box) and replace it with the spare USB-C cable
(PN 02EC951), which is stored in the KMM storage box.
Is the compact KMM still blank?
• Yes ... Remove the spare USB-C cable (PN 02EC951) from the compact
KMM and interface adapter and reinstall the original USB-C cable (PN
02EC951). Return the spare USB-C cable (PN 02EC951) to the KMM
storage box, then go to Step 2.
• No ... Order a replacement spare USB-C cable (PN 02EC951) and discard
the defective USB-C cable.

Step 2 --
Ensure that the USB cable (PN 02EC953) that is connected to the rear side of
the primary interface adapter is connected to the correct Support Element.
If the USB cable is plugged into the wrong SE, move it to the USB connector
on the correct SE.
Is the compact KMM still blank?
• Yes ... Go to Step 3.
• No ... done

Step 3 --
Detach the white USB-C cable from its connector on the interface adapter.
Next, detach the compact KMM from its mounting bracket on the frame. The
USB-C cable should still be connected to the compact KMM. Connect the
USB-C cable to the USB-C port on the rear of the frame and then check the
compact KMM display.
Is the compact KMM still blank?
• Yes ... Return the compact KMM to its mounting bracket on the frame and
reconnect the white USB-C cable to primary interface adapter, then go to
Step 4.
• No ... Return the compact KMM to its mounting bracket on the frame and
reconnect the white USB-C cable to primary interface adapter, then go to
Step 4.

48 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
I - The compact Step 4 --
keyboard/monitor/ Open the door to the compact KMM storage box and look for the green lights
mouse ( compact KMM) on the front end of the primary interface adapter, then do one of the
display is blank. following:
(…continued)
• If one of the interface adapter's lights is lit, press the up or down Support
Element selection button to select the other SE. If the light for the other
SE turns on and the light for the original SE turns off, the interface adapter
is probably not causing the problem. Press the other Support Element
selection button to return the KMM to the original SE, then go to Step 5.
• If one of the interface adapter's lights is lit, but after pressing the up or
down Support Element selection button, the light for the other SE does
not turn on, the interface adapter might be defective. Determine which
SE's light is not turning on, then check the cable that connects on the rear
of that SE. If the cables are connected and seated properly, order a
replacement interface adapter (FRU 02WN889). When the new interface
adapter is available, use the instructions in “Display unit: Replace compact
KMM interface adapter (2461-SE3)” on page 128 to replace the defective
interface adapter with the new interface adapter.
• If neither of the interface adapter's green lights is lit, the interface adapter
might be defective. Check the cable connects on the rear of both SEs. If
the cables are connected and seated properly, order a replacement
interface adapter (FRU 02WN889). When the new interface adapter is
available, use the instructions in “Display unit: Replace compact KMM
interface adapter (2461-SE3)” on page 128 to replace the defective
interface adapter with the new interface adapter.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 49
Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
I - The compact Step 5 --
keyboard/monitor/ If the secondary interface adapter (the interface adapter on the right side of
mouse ( compact KMM) the KMM storage box) is not being used, swap it with the primary interface
display is blank. adapter (the interface adapter on the left side of the KMM storage box), as
(…continued) follows:
1. Remove the white USB-C cable from its connector on the front end of the
primary interface adapter. The other end of the USB-C cable should
remain connected to the compact KMM.
2. Remove the primary interface adapter from the left side of the compact
KMM storage box and detach all of the cables that are connected to it. Set
the primary interface adapter aside.
3. Remove the secondary interface adapter from the right side of the
compact KMM storage box.
4. Install all of the cables, including the white USB-C cable, into the
appropriate connectors on the secondary interface adapter.
5. Install the secondary interface adapter into the primary interface
adapter's location (on the left side of the compact KMM storage box).
Is the compact KMM still blank?
• Yes ... Remove the cables from the secondary interface adapter and then
return the secondary interface adapter to its original location. Next,
reattach the cables to the primary interface adapter and then return the
primary adapter to it's original location. Go to Step 6.
• No ... done.
– Order a replacement secondary interface adapter (FRU kit 02WN889).
When the replacement interface adapter arrives, slide it into place in the
secondary interface adapter position on the right side of the compact
KMM storage box.
– Return the defective interface adapter to IBM with other broken parts.

Step 6 --
Verify that the USB, video, and power cables that are connected to the
interface adapter are working by doing the following:
1. Ensure that the USB, video, and power cables are plugged into the
appropriate connectors on the interface adapter and are fully seated.
2. Go to the rear of the frame and verify that the other end of the USB, video,
and power cable is plugged into the appropriate connector on the Support
Element and is fully seated.
Is the compact KMM still blank?
• Yes ... Go to Step 7.
• No ... done

50 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 12. Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3) (continued)


Symptoms Corrective actions
I - The compact Step 7 --
keyboard/monitor/ Order a replacement compact KMM (FRU 02WN888). Use the instructions in
mouse ( compact KMM) “Display unit: Replace compact KMM keyboard display (2461-SE3)” on page
display is blank. 127 to remove the existing compact KMM and install the replacement
(…continued) compact KMM.
Is the compact KMM still blank?
• Yes ... Go to Step 8.
• No ... done. Return the defective compact KMM to IBM with other broken
parts.

Step 8 --
Order replacement USB (PN 02EC953), video (02EC952), and power cables
(02EC955). When the replacement cables are available, swap them with the
USB, video, and power cables that are connected to the primary interface
adapter.
Is the compact KMM still blank?
• Yes ... Contact the next level of support.
• No ... done

DC and AC power LEDs (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)

Table 13. DC and AC power supply LEDs


DC power supply LEDs Description Action Notes
(AC power supply LEDs)
IN OK OUT OK Error (!)
(AC) (DC)
On On Off Normal operation.

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 51
Level 02a

Table 13. DC and AC power supply LEDs (continued)


DC power supply LEDs Description Action Notes
(AC power supply LEDs)
IN OK OUT OK Error (!)
(AC) (DC)
Off Off Off No power to the server or 1. Check the power to the This is a normal
a problem with the power server. condition when
source. no power is
2. Make sure that the power present.
cord is connected to a
functioning power source.
3. Restart the server. If the
error remains, check the
power supply LEDs.
4. If the problem remains,
replace the power supply.

Off Off On The power supply has Replace the power supply.
failed.
Off On Off The power supply has Replace the power supply.
failed.
Off On On The power supply has Replace the power supply.
failed.
On Off Off Power supply not fully 1. Reseat the power supply. Typically
seated, faulty system indicates a
2. Replace the power
board, or the power power-supply is
supply has failed. supply. not fully seated.
3. Reseat the system board.
4. Replace the system
board.

On Off On The power supply has Replace the power supply.


failed.
On On On The power supply has Replace the power supply.
failed.
On blinking Off If the system is powered Reseat or replace the power
down, this is normal. If supply.
you try to power on and it
will not power on.

Power LEDs (2461-SE3)

52 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Table 14. Power supply LEDs


Power supply LEDs Description Action Notes
IN OK OUT OK Error (!)
(AC) (DC)
On On Off Normal operation.
Off Off Off No power to the server or 1. Check the power to the This is a normal
a problem with the power server. condition when
source. no power is
2. Make sure that the power present.
cord is connected to a
functioning power source.
3. Restart the server. If the
error remains, check the
power supply LEDs.
4. If the problem remains,
replace the power supply.

Off Off On The power supply has Replace the power supply.
failed.
Off On Off The power supply has Replace the power supply.
failed.
Off On On The power supply has Replace the power supply.
failed.
On Off Off Power supply not fully 1. Reseat the power supply. Typically
seated, faulty system indicates a
2. Replace the power
board, or the power power-supply is
supply has failed. supply. not fully seated.
3. Reseat the system board.
4. Replace the system
board.

On Off On The power supply has Replace the power supply.


failed.
On On On The power supply has Replace the power supply.
failed.
On blinking Off If the system is powered Reseat or replace the power
down, this is normal. If supply.
you try to power on and it
will not power on.

Bypass the KVM switch (2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2)


Use the following steps to bypass the KVM switch (for 2461-SE1 and 2461-SE2 only).

Chapter 3. Troubleshooting 53
Level 02a

__ 1. Label, if necessary, and disconnect the KVM switch cables from the video port (A), USB port (B), and
USB port (C) from back of both Support Elements.
__ 2. Label, if necessary, and disconnect the display unit video cable (D) and USB cable (E) from the KVM
switch.
__ 3. Untie the extra length of the display unit video cable and display unit USB cable from the side of the
rack and temporarily route them to the back of one of the Support Elements. (The goal is to connect
to the primary Support Element, use the top Support Element first.)
__ 4. Plug the display unit video cable into the video port (A) on the back of the Support Element.
__ 5. Plug the display unit USB cable into the USB port (B) on the back of the Support Element.
__ 6. Verify that the primary Support Element displays. ("Welcome to the Primary Support Element" title
will appear on the display unit.)
• If the primary Support Element displays, leave the KVM switch bypassed, order a replacement
KVM switch, and exchange the KVM switch at a later date.
• If the alternate Support Element displays, remove the display unit video cable and USB cable from
the Support Element and plug them into the ports of the other Support Element.
Then, if the primary Support Element displays, leave the KVM switch bypassed, order a
replacement KVM switch, and exchange the KVM switch at a later date.
• If the bypass is not successful, replug the cables back into the KVM switch and Support Elements.

54 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components

This chapter describes the steps required to remove and replace the display unit on the 3907 machine.

Display unit: Replace Vertiv KMM with Vertiv KMM (2461-SE2)


Use the following steps to exchange the Vertiv display unit (KMM) with a new Vertiv KMM.

Attention: Failure to follow the step-by-step sequence for this FRU removal and replacement
might result in FRU or system damage.
__ 1. Locate the new display unit, two frame rails, and removal tool (P/N 02EA980).
__ 2. In Step “7” on page 56, you will be removing the KVM switch from the frame. Before unplugging
any cables from the KVM switch and removing the KVM switch, you need to examine where the
cables are routed and how they are secured to the frame or other cables.
__ 3. Complete the following steps:
__ a. Remove the hook-and-loop fasteners that are securing the KVM power cable to the right side
of the frame or to any other cables.
__ b. Unplug the KVM power cable from PDU 2 (A21ZPDU2J.05).
__ c. Label the KVM power cable.
__ 4. Unplug the display unit power cable from the PDU (location A21NPDU1J.04). Ensure the display
unit power cable is labeled.
__ 5. Detach the power cable, keyboard cable, video cable, and two Support Element cables from the
KVM switch. Ensure the cables are labeled. (The KVM power cable will now be completed
detached from the machine. You will need it later in this procedure.)

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 55


Level 02a

__ 6. To make the removal of the KVM easier, you can optionally move the spine cable management
bracket by removing the bottom screw and carefully slide the vertical cable spine bracket to the
right or left of the tailgate bracket and carefully pull the bottom end of the vertical cable spine
bracket away from the machine about 2 inches. Make sure the cables remain attached as you pull
the vertical cable spine bracket away from the machine. If necessary, you can temporarily remove
the cables from a cable clip.

__ 7. Remove the KVM using the following steps:


Note: Take note of how the display unit power cable, video cable, and keyboard cable are routed in
the U-channel located on the left side of the KVM switch. You will be rerouting them later in this
procedure.
__ a. Remove the two captive screws (A) on the end of the rail of the KVM switch.

56 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ b. Pull out the KVM.


__ 8. Before removing the display unit, use a 14" screwdriver to remove the captive screw (A) on the end
of the display unit cable management arm. Make sure the cable management arm is detached
from the rail.

__ 9. Coil up the display unit cables and place them inside the rack behind the cable management arm
to avoid snagging and tangling with other cables when the display unit is being removed from the
front.
__ 10. Continue with one of the following conditions:
• If the display unit is already pulled out (in service position), continue to Step “12” on page 58.
• If the mounting spacers (B) between the display unit and the latches are not installed, continue
to Step “11” on page 58.
• If the mounting spacers (B) between the display unit and the latches are installed, release them
by removing the two 7 mm screws (A) located on the left-side and right-side of the display unit.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 57


Level 02a

Store the mounting spacers and the two screws for future use. Continue to Step “11” on page
58.

__ 11. Slide the display unit out until it clicks.


__ 12. Close the display unit if it is not already closed.
__ 13. Depress and hold the detents (A) on each side of the display unit, then pull the display unit off of
the slides.

__ 14. Continue with one of the following:


• If the frame rails are defective, continue to Step “16” on page 58.
• If the display unit is defective, continue to Step “18” on page 60
__ 15. If a third PCIe+ I/O drawer is installed, remove the front bezel.
__ 16. Remove defective frame rail using the following steps:
__ a. Insert the removal tool (P/N 02EA980) hook end into the rail latch cavity behind the blue tab
(A).

58 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ b. Rotate the tool (B) towards the middle of the frame to release the blue tab (B). This allows
you to pull the slide directly away from the EIA rail then towards the middle of the frame.

__ c. Repeat Step “16.a” on page 58 and Step “16.b” on page 59 for the other end of the defective
frame rail.
__ d. Examine the opposite rail and, if necessary, use Step “16.a” on page 58 to Step “16.c” on
page 59 to remove it.
__ 17. Install the new frame slides using the following steps:
__ a. New slides, being loose piece, will have a disposable filler in the bearing race to ensure the
balls stay in place. Remove the disposable filler.
__ b. Line up the rails front and rear at EIA location 22.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 59


Level 02a

__ c. Facing the front of the frame, on the right side, push the rail into the frame. Repeat for the left
side.
__ d. Facing the rear of the frame, on the right side, push the rail into the frame. Repeat for the left
side.
__ e. Ensure the rails are latched in place and will not come off.
__ 18. Before installing the new display unit on the frame slides, extend the slide out of the frame as far
as possible. The bearing race (A) MUST be pulled forward completely so it latches up with the
detent (B). It might be this way for slides that are already in the frame, but new slides might come
with the bearing race moving freely.

__ 19. Push the display unit cables to the back to make sliding the display unit easier.

60 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 20. Mating the slide sections fastened to the sides of the display unit to the slides mounted in the
frame can be cumbersome. You must take care when mating these slides because you can easily
have one side mated while the other side is not mated.
Once successfully mated, push and pull the display unit from the frame a few times to ensure it is
beyond the detents in the slides. This will prevent the display unit from being pulled off of the
frame mounted slides and will ensure there is no interference or binding.
__ 21. Install the captive screw (A) on the end of the display unit cable management arm.
Note: For easier installation of the captive screw, you might want to extend the display unit
halfway.

__ 22. If the bezel was removed from the third PCIe+ I/O drawer, install the bezel in front of the PCIe+
I/O drawer.
__ 23. Reinstall the KVM using the following steps:
__ a. Position the KVM switch for installation and place the display unit power cable, video cable,
and keyboard cable into the U-channel in the left side bracket.
__ b. Slide the KVM into the frame.
__ c. Insert and secure the two captive screws (A) on the end of the rail of the KVM securing it to
the frame.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 61


Level 02a

__ 24. Reattach the power cable, keyboard cable, video cable, and two Support Element cables to the
KVM switch. Ensure the cables are labeled.
Gather up any excess cable length and secure the cables to the side of the frame so they will not
interfere when servicing other parts of the machine.

__ 25. Plug the KVM power cable to the PDU (location A21ZPDU2J.05).
__ 26. Plug the display unit power cable into the PDU (location A21ZPDU1J.04).
__ 27. Verify the Power LED is lit on the display unit. If the Power LED is not lit, ensure the power cable is
secure.
__ 28. If the spine cable management bracket was moved, carefully move the vertical cable spine bracket
to the right or left of the tailgate bracket and then behind the tailgate bracket. Then install the
bottom screw to secure the vertical cable spine bracket. Make sure the cables remain attached as
you move the vertical cable spine bracket. If any cables were removed from a cable clip, slide the
cables back into the cable clip and use the hook-and-loop fasteners to secure the cables to the
spine cable management bracket.
__ 29. Ensure both Support Elements can be displayed.
To display the Support Element in location EIA 42, use the following steps:
__ a. Press Ctrl
__ b. Press Ctrl
__ c. Press 0
__ d. Press 1
__ e. Press Enter

62 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

To display the Support Element in location EIA 41, using the following steps:
__ a. Press Ctrl
__ b. Press Ctrl
__ c. Press 0
__ d. Press 2
__ e. Press Enter
__ 30. Continue with one of the following:
• If the display unit exchange was initiated from the Repair & Verify panels, continue back to the
Repair & Verify panels to complete the process.
• If the display unit exchange was not initiated from the Repair & Verify panels, complete the
process using the following steps:
__ a. Log onto the primary Support Element.
__ b. From the left navigation, click Tasks Index.
__ c. Click the Perform a Repair Action task.
__ d. Click Report a repair of a non-detected problem.
__ 31. Close the display unit and slide the display unit into the frame.
__ 32. If the mounting spacers (B) were previously removed, you must reinstall them using the two 7mm
screws (A) located on the left-side and right-side of the display unit. Otherwise, just secure the
display unit using the two 7mm screws (A) located on the left-side and right-side of the display
unit.

Display unit: Replace Vertiv KMM with UPG KMM (2461-SE2)


Use the following steps to exchange the Vertiv display unit (KMM) with the UPG KMM.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 63


Level 02a

Attention: Failure to follow the step-by-step sequence for this FRU removal and replacement
might result in FRU or system damage.
Before getting started, locate the universal UPG FRU kit (PN 02RA001). The FRU kit contains the following
parts:
• 1 UPG KMM
• 1 Power supply and rack kit
• 1 Power jumper cable
• 1 set of these hardcopy instructions
• 1 bag of KVM parts (PN 02RA007):
– Left and right brackets
– 2 6mm x 13mm hex flange bolt with 8mm hex
– 4 6-32 x ¼" flat head T10 screw
• 1 bag of KMM parts (PN 02RA008)
– Left and right black earthquake brackets
– 2 6mm x 13mm hex flange bolt with 8mm hex
– 6 6-32 x ¼" pan head T15 screw
– 2 safety labels
– 1 keystroke label
• 1 bag of tools (PN 02RA009)
– UPG rail removal bolt tool
– UPG rail removal puller tool
– Vertiv rail removal tool

64 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Figure 8. Rail tools, from left to right; UPG rail removal bolt tool, UPG rail removal puller tool, and Vertiv rail
removal tool.

You will also need the following tools, which are not provided in the FRU.
• #2 Phillips head screwdriver
• 14" #2 Phillips head screwdriver
• T10 Torx screwdriver
• T15 Torx screwdriver
• Needle nose pliers
• 8mm female hex nut driver or 8mm socket

Preparing to remove and replace the display unit


Before performing the FRU removal and replacement, inspect the I/O cables that are routed through the
cable spine (if installed). If the cables fit tightly, consider finding additional slack to allow flexibility when
removing or replacing parts from the rear of the system as you follow this process.

Step 1: Remove the Vertiv KVM switch, KMM, and rails


For this step, you will need the following:
• Bag of tools marked PN 02RA009
__ 1. In step “6” on page 67 , you will be removing the KVM switch from the frame. Before unplugging
cables from the KVM switch, and then removing the KVM switch, examine where the cables are
routed and how they are secured to the frame or other cables.
__ 2. Complete the following steps:
__ a. Remove the hook-and-loop fasteners, if any, that are securing the KVM power cable to the
right side of the frame or to any other cables.
__ b. Unplug the KVM power cable from PDU 2 (location A21ZPDU2J.05). If it is not plugged into
PDU 2, check for the KVM power cable in PDU 1 (location A21NPDU1J.05).
Figure 9 on page 66 shows the location of the PDUs.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 65


Level 02a

Figure 9. PDU locations


__ 3. Unplug the display unit power cable from PDU 1 (location A21NPDU1J.04). If it is not plugged into
PDU 1, check for the display unit power cable in PDU 2 (location A21ZPDU2J.04).
__ 4. Detach the power cable, keyboard cable, video cable, and two Support Element cables from the
KVM switch. Ensure the cables are labeled. (The KVM power cable will now be completely
detached from the machine.)

__ 5. To make the removal of the KVM easier, you can optionally move the spine cable management
bracket, as follows:
__ a. Remove the bottom (M5) screw (PN 46K4282).
__ b. Carefully slide the vertical cable spine bracket to the right or left of the tailgate bracket.

66 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ c. Carefully pull the bottom end of the vertical cable spine bracket away from the machine
about 2 inches. Make sure that cables do not become unattached as you pull the vertical
cable spine bracket away from the machine. If necessary, you can temporarily remove the
cables from a cable clip.

__ 6. Remove the KVM using the following steps:


__ a. Remove the two captive screws (A) on the end of the rail of the KVM switch.

__ b. Pull out the KVM.


__ 7. Before removing the display unit, use a 14" #2 Phillips head screwdriver (not provided in the FRU)
to remove the captive screw (A) on the end of the display unit cable management arm. Make sure
the cable management arm is detached from the rail.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 67


Level 02a

__ 8. Coil up the display unit cables and place them inside the rack behind the cable management arm
to avoid snagging and tangling with other cables when the display unit is being removed from the
front.
__ 9. Continue with one of the following conditions:
• If the display unit is already pulled out (in service position), continue to Step “11” on page 68 .
• If the mounting spacers (B) between the display unit and the latches are not installed, continue
to Step “10” on page 68 .
• If the mounting spacers (B) between the display unit and the latches are installed, release them
by removing the two 7 mm screws (A) located on the left-side and right-side of the display unit.
Store the mounting spacers and the two screws for future use. Continue to Step “10” on page
68.

__ 10. Slide the display unit out until it clicks.


__ 11. Close the display unit if it is not already closed.
__ 12. Depress and hold the detents (A) on each side of the display unit, then pull the display unit off of
the slides.

68 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 13. If a third PCIe+ I/O drawer is installed, remove the front bezel. Figure 10 on page 70 shows the
location of the PCIe drawers.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 69


Level 02a

Figure 10. Location of PCIe drawers


__ 14. Remove the frame rails using the following steps. Perform these steps for the left and right rails.
__ a. At the front of the rack, remove the screw from the top EIA slot hole at location 22.
__ b. Insert the removal tool (P/N 02EA980) hook end into the rail latch cavity behind the blue tab
(A).

70 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ c. Rotate the tool (B) toward the middle of the frame to release the blue tab (B). This allows you
to pull the slide directly away from the EIA rail then towards the middle of the frame.

__ d. Repeat steps “14.b” on page 70 and “14.c” on page 71 to remove the rails from the rear side
of the frame.
__ e. Remove the rails out of the frame.
__ f. Remove the nut clips from the front of the EIA rack (slot 22). You might need to remove the
I/O cage bezel.
__ 15. If the bezel was removed from the third PCIe+ I/O drawer, install the bezel in the front of the PCIe
+ I/O drawer.

Step 2: Assemble the UPG KMM and rails


For this step, you will need the following:

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 71


Level 02a

• UPG KMM (PN 00RY702 or PN 02RA023)


• Power supply and rack kit (includes the rail assemblies, cable management arm, and cross brace)
• Power jumper cable
• Bag of parts marked PN 02RA008
• Bag of tools marked PN 02RA009
Note: The unlabeled bags of parts in the UPG packages contain spare parts. If these spare parts are not
used, discard them.
__ 1. Find a large (at least 3 feet by 4 feet) table on which to attach the rail assemblies with slides, cross
brace, and cable management arm to the KMM. If a table is not available, the KMM and rails can be
assembled on the floor.
__ 2. Place the KMM near one end of the table. The rear side of the KMM should be facing the long side
of the table.
Note: While handling the rail assemblies, your hands might get greasy. To keep the KMM clean, it is
recommended that you not remove the plastic cling sheeting that covers the lid until the
installation is complete.
__ 3. Place the rail assemblies behind the KMM, parallel to each other, with the ends that include the
slides pointing toward the KMM.

Important: The rail assembly must be oriented so that the slides are on the lower side of the rail
(below the rail's center point).
__ 4. Each rail assembly includes an inner slide rail. Remove the inner slide rails from the rail assemblies
as follows.
a. Locate the inner slide on the rail assembly that is behind the right side of the KMM.
b. Pull the inner slide outward, extending it toward the KMM.

72 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

c. Pull the white release button on the inner slide forward, while pulling the slide itself forward,
until it releases completely from the rail assembly. Note that considerable force is required to
pull the slide forward.

d. Repeat steps “4.a” on page 72 through “4.c” on page 73 on the rail assembly on the left side of
the KMM.
__ 5. Attach the right inner slide rail into the open screw holes on the right side of the KMM using two
6-32x1/4" machine screws (PN 02RA006, provided with the FRU) and the T15 Torx screwdriver.
Notches in the body of the KMM mark the location of the screw holes.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 73


Level 02a

Repeat this step on the left. The slide rails should now be firmly attached to the KMM.
__ 6. Slide the rail assembly on the right onto the slide rail that is attached the right side of the KMM.
The slides should be on the lower side of the rail, below its center point.

Pull the rail all the way forward, toward the KMM, until it is fully extended (you will hear a snap).
Repeat this step with the rail assembly on the left side of the KMM.
__ 7. Slide the cross brace into the rails from the rear opening. Using two 6-32 X 1/4" screws (PN
02RA006) and a T15 Torx screwdriver, attach the cross brace to the inside of the right and left rails

74 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

in the holes provided. Note that the cross brace should sit within the C-shaped channels on the
inside and of the KMM rails.

Attach the screws from the inside of the rail.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 75


Level 02a

Note: Be careful to use only the 6-32 X ¼-inch screws (not the 6-32 X 3/8-inch screws) to attach
the cross brace to the rails. If you have only 3/8-inch machine screws, swap them with the ¼"
machine screws that hold the slides to the rails.
__ 8. Remove the two screws that are attached to the rear of the KMM using the T15 Torx screwdriver,
and then attach the other end of the cable management arm to the rear of the KMM, in the same
holes.

76 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 9. Before continuing to the next step, refer to Figure 11 on page 78, which shows the KMM rail
assembly with the cable management arm, cross brace, and cables installed. Use this figure as a
reference as you complete the KMM and rail assembly installation (step “10” on page 78 through
step “13” on page 80).

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 77


Level 02a

Figure 11. KMM rail assembly with cable management arm, cross brace, and cables installed
__ 10. In the cable management arm, attach the C5 to C14 Type power jumper cable (PN 00RY699) to
the power supply. Route the power jumper cable through the hole in the cable management arm
and the cross brace. Make sure to tuck the power cable inside the fingers along the length of the
cable management arm so that is held securely in place.
__ 11. Route the UPG VGA cable (PN 3200019) and the UPG USB cable (PN 520-00110) through the hole
in the cross brace and the hole in the cable management arm.

78 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Connect each cable to its connector on the rear of the KMM.


Note: Leave some slack in the VGA cable when routing it through the cable management arm.
There should be a U-shaped bend to the VGA cable between the connector on the rear of the KMM
and entrance to the cable management arm.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 79


Level 02a

__ 12. Tuck the VGA and USB cables inside the fingers along the length of the cable management arm so
they are held securely in place. Make sure both cables are pushed far enough behind the power
supply (the VGA and USB cables should sit securely behind the power supply).
__ 13. Route the power supply's cable through the cable management arm and connect its 90-degree
plug to the power connector on the rear of the KMM. Make sure that the 90-degree power plug is
turned sideways, so that it sits completely within and below the upper lip of the cable
management arm.

80 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Also, make sure that the ferrite core is within the cable management arm's fingers and loop the
extra cable behind the fingers that are between the core and the power supply.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 81


Level 02a

Note: At this point, ensure that all of the other cables are contained within the upper lip of the
cable management arm. Cables that protrude above the cable management arm or the KMM might
cause problems when the KMM is installed into the rack. All cables should be within the cable
management arm and fingers.
__ 14. The KMM and rail assembly is complete. In the next few steps, you will temporarily disassemble
some of the parts that you previously connected in order to make it easier to install the KMM into
the rack.
__ 15. Carefully disconnect the power, VGA, and USB cables from the back of the KMM.
__ 16. Remove the two 6-32 x 3/8-inch machine screws that hold the cable management arm to the
KMM. Retain the screws.
__ 17. On the right side of the KMM, slide the white button on the inner rail forward while pulling the KMM
forward slightly, to disengage it from the slide. Repeat this step on the left.
__ 18. Holding the ends of the cables in one hand, carry the rail assembly to the front of the rack.
__ 19. Route the cables through the EIA slot in the front of the rack, pushing them as far back as possible.
Note that you should consider bundling the cables together using velcro or cable ties to make it
easier to route them from the front to the rear of the rack. At the rear of the rack, make sure the
cables are pulled through completely and are pushed to the left side.

82 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 20. Insert the rail ends of the KMM/rack assembly into the EIA slot in the rack. You might need to
press the rail ends inward (toward the inside of the rack) to allow them to clear the vertical sides of
the rack. Push the rails into the rack until the humps on the rails are about four inches in front of
the cross brace. (Be careful not to push the rear rails too back from the slides in order to
prevent them from dropping out of the slides and falling down into the rack).
__ 21. Carefully shift and turn the assembly from side to side as you push it forward into the rack. To
move the section of the assembly where the cross brace is connected forward and into the rack,
you need to insert one rail further into the rack than the other, so that the cross brace is on a slight
diagonal. Alternate doing this on the left and right sides while pushing the assembly slightly
forward. The idea is to advance one of the PEM nuts past the EIA rail at a time.
__ 22. Fully lock the front end of the KMM rails to the front EIA rail. Push outward to compress the spring
as you push the rail into the rack.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 83


Level 02a

You might feel or hear a click as the spring engages the back of the EIA rail.
__ 23. From the back of the rack, use the UPG rail removal puller tool (PN 02RA009) to pull each rail end
toward the rear of the rack until it meets the rail. Then, using the tool, pull the end of the rail
around the EIA rail so that it is now beyond the EIA rail.

84 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Next, push the end of the KMM rail into the EIA rail until if fully locks.
__ 24. At the front of the rack, make sure that the ball bearings in the KMM rails are fully forward.

Reattach the KMM by pushing it into the rails until they fully engage.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 85


Level 02a

Next, pull the KMM fully forward. It should be retained by the rails.
__ 25. Reattach the cable management arm to the back of the KMM using the two 6-32 x 3/8-inch screws
and the T15 Torx screwdriver. Then, carefully reconnect the three cables to their connectors,
ensuring that they remain on the inside of the cable management arm.

Step 3: Return the Vertiv KVM switch to the rack


For this step, you will need the following:
• Bag of parts marked PN 02RA007
__ 1. Remove the two screws from the right side of the KVM switch and remove the bracket. Retain the
screws. Repeat this step on the left side of the KVM.
__ 2. Connect the new KVM brackets to each side of the KVM switch, using two 6-32 x 1/4" flat head
T10 screws (PN 01PP817). Pay careful attention to the orientation of the brackets. The left bracket
(PN 02EC989) is marked with L, the right bracket (PN 02EC990) is marked with R, and both
brackets are marked with UP.

86 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 3. Push the KMM cables to the left side of the rack. Arrange the VGA, USB, and power cables in your
left hand, with the thinnest cable on the bottom and the thickest cable on the top.
In the next step, you will slide the KVM into the rack. When you do, the cables must be routed
along the left side of the KVM, over the front shoulder of the bracket, and through the notch in the
bracket's rear foot. Figure 12 on page 87 shows the notch in the rear foot of the bracket through
which the cables must be routed.

Figure 12. Notch in rear foot of KVM bracket through which VGA, USB, and power cables must be
routed
__ 4. Continue to hold the cables in your left hand while sliding the KVM into the rack. At the same time,
ensure that the VGA, USB, and power cables remain correctly routed over the bracket on the left
side of the KVM.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 87


Level 02a

Note: If you have trouble sliding the KVM into the rack, make sure that the rails did not become
disengaged from one another.
When the KVM is in place, the cables should still be next to the KVM in the left side bracket.

88 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 5. At this point, the screw holes of the left and right KVM brackets should be flush and aligned with
the holes in the rack. Reattach the KVM with the 6mm x 13mm hex flange bolts (PN 46K4308)
through the brackets to secure it to the rack.

__ 6. Reattach the VGA, USB, display power, and Support Element cables to their connectors on the
KVM. Ensure that the cables are labeled.

Gather up any excess cable length and secure the cables to the side of the frame so they will not
interfere when servicing other parts of the machine.
__ 7. Plug the KVM power cable into PDU 2 (location A21ZPDU2J.05). See Figure 9 on page 66 for the
location of the PDUs.
__ 8. Plug the display unit power cable into PDU 1 (location A21ZPDU1J.04).
__ 9. If the spine cable management bracket was moved, return it to its original position, as follows:
a. Carefully move the vertical cable spine bracket to the right or left of the tailgate bracket and
then behind the tailgate bracket. Make sure no cables become unattached as you move the
vertical cable spine bracket.
b. Install the bottom screw to secure the vertical cable spine bracket.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 89


Level 02a

c. If any cables were removed from a cable clip, slide the cables back into the cable clip and use
the hook-and-loop fasteners to secure the cables to the spine cable management bracket.
__ 10. Ensure that both Support Elements can be displayed.
To display the Support Element in location EIA 42, use the following steps:
__ a. Press Ctrl
__ b. Press Ctrl
__ c. Press 0
__ d. Press 1
__ e. Press Enter
To display the Support Element in location EIA 41, using the following steps:
__ a. Press Ctrl
__ b. Press Ctrl
__ c. Press 0
__ d. Press 2
__ e. Press Enter
__ 11. The UPG display might be slightly off center. In this case, it is recommended that you center the
screen, as follows.
a. Press the OSD activation button (1), which is on the front of the UPG display.

90 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

b. On the OSD Main Menu, the Auto Configuration option should already be selected. Press the
OSD activation button (1).

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 91


Level 02a

Note: Screen centering only lasts for a single power session. Therefore, if you do an Emergency
Power Off of the CPC, you must repeat the screen centering steps.
__ 12. Close the display unit and slide it into the frame.
__ 13. Remove the plastic cling sheeting from the lid of the KMM.
__ 14. Apply the labels, as follows.
• Apply the keystroke label to the inside of the KMM.

92 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

• Apply one of the two the safety labels to the inside of the KMM.

• Apply the second safety label to the outside of the KMM.

__ 15. Return the UPG rail removal puller tool to IBM with other broken parts. Discard the Vertiv KMM
locally.

Display unit: Replace UPG KMM with UPG KMM (2461-SE2)


Use the following steps to exchange the UPG display unit (KMM) with a replacement UPG KMM.
Before getting started, locate the universal UPG FRU kit (PN 02RA001). The FRU kit contains the following
parts:
• 1 UPG KMM
• 1 Power supply and rack kit
• 1 Power jumper cable
• 1 set of these hardcopy instructions

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 93


Level 02a

• 1 bag of KMM parts (PN 02RA008)


– Left and right black earthquake brackets
– 2 6mm x 13mm hex flange bolt with 8mm hex
– 6 6-32 x ¼" pan head T15 screw
– 2 safety labels
– 1 keystroke label
• 1 bag of tools (PN 02RA009)
– UPG rail removal bolt tool
– UPG rail removal puller tool

Figure 13. Rail tools - UPG rail removal bolt tool (top) and UPG rail removal puller tool (bottom).

You will also need the following tools:


• T15 Torx screwdriver
• 8mm female hex nut driver or 8mm socket

Preparing to remove and replace the display unit


Before performing the FRU removal and replacement, inspect the I/O cables that are routed through the
cable spine (if installed). If the cables fit tightly, consider finding additional slack to allow flexibility when
removing or replacing parts from the rear of the system as you follow this process.

Step 1: Remove KVM switch


__ 1. In step “6” on page 96, you will be removing the KVM switch from the frame. Before unplugging
cables from the KVM switch, and then removing the KVM switch, examine where the cables are
routed and how they are secured to the frame or other cables.
__ 2. Complete the following steps:
__ a. Remove the hook-and-loop fasteners, if any, that are securing the KVM power cable to the
right side of the frame or to any other cables.
__ b. Unplug the KVM power cable from PDU 2 (A21ZPDU2J.05). If it is not plugged into PDU 2,
check for the KVM power cable in PDU 1 (location A21NPDU1J.05).
Figure 14 on page 95 shows the location of the PDUs.

94 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Figure 14. PDU locations


__ 3. Unplug the display unit power cable from the PDU (location A21NPDU1J.04). If it is not plugged into
PDU 1, check for the display unit power cable in PDU 2 (location A21ZPDU2J.04).
__ 4. Detach the power cable, keyboard cable, video cable, and two Support Element cables from the
KVM switch. Ensure the cables are labeled. (The KVM power cable will now be completely detached
from the machine.)

__ 5. To make the removal of the KVM easier, you can optionally move the spine cable management
bracket, as follows:
__ a. Remove the bottom (M5) screw (PN 46K4282).
__ b. Carefully slide the vertical cable spine bracket to the right or left of the tailgate bracket.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 95


Level 02a

__ c. Carefully pull the bottom end of the vertical cable spine bracket away from the machine about
2 inches. Make sure that cables do not become unattached as you pull the vertical cable spine
bracket away from the machine. If necessary, you can temporarily remove the cables from a
cable clip.

__ 6. Remove the KVM using the following steps:


__ a. Remove the two 6mm x 13mm hex flange bolts that secure the KVM switch to the rack using
an 8mm six-sided hex nut driver.

__ b. Use the UPG rail removal puller tool to pull the KVM away from the rack.

96 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Continue pulling the KVM all the way out of the rack by sliding your fingers behind the flange
on the KVM bracket and pulling toward you.

__ 7. Coil up the display unit cables and place them inside the rack behind the cable management arm to
avoid snagging and tangling with other cables when the display unit is being removed from the front.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 97


Level 02a

Step 2: Release the UPG KMM rails from rear of rack


__ 1. Locate the UPG rail removal puller tool and the UPG rail removal bolt tool.
__ 2. At the rear of the rack, release the KMM rails as follows:
a. On the rear, right side of the rack, insert the UPG rail removal bolt tool into the screw hole on the
end of the KMM rail. Turn it to the right once or twice until it is firmly seated.
b. Insert the hooked end of the puller tool into the horizontal slot of the KMM rail on the right side
of the rack.

98 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

When you insert the tool, the hook should be horizontal with the ground. The following
photographs show a rail that has been pulled out of the frame so you can see the orientation of
the hook more clearly.

c. Turn the puller tool 90 degrees so that the hooked end is facing downward.

d. Grasp the puller tool in your left hand and the bolt tool in your right hand. Next, simultaneously
pull the rail toward the center of the rack using the puller tool and pull the rail toward you slightly

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 99


Level 02a

using the bolt tool. You will hear and feel a snap as the rail disengages from the rack.

e. Repeat the steps above to release the KMM rail on the left side.
__ 3. After the rail end is disengaged, use the bolt tool to move it inside, behind the rack rails. Next, push
the rail as far as you can into the rack, to prevent it from falling off in the next step.

Step 3: Remove the UPG KMM


__ 1. At the front of the rack, close the lid of the KMM.
__ 2. Slide the KMM out far enough to gain access to the cables that are connected at the rear.

100 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 3. Remove the VGA, USB cables, and power supply plugs from their connectors on the rear of the

KMM.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 101


Level 02a

__ 4. Use a T15 bit screwdriver to remove the screws that connect the cable management arm to the
back of the KMM.

102 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 5. Stand directly in front of the KMM. On the slide rails that are attached to each side of the KMM, pull
the white button toward you and begin to slide the KMM away from the rack.

Keep pulling the KMM toward you until it is completely free.

Step 4: Release and remove the UPG KMM rails from the front of the rack
__ 1. Leaving the rail slides out (unretracted) release the KMM rails from the front of the rack, as follows:
a. On the front, right side of the rack, insert the UPG rail removal bolt tool into the screw hole on the
end of the KMM rail. Turn it to the right once or twice until it is firmly seated.
b. Insert the hooked end of the puller tool into the horizontal slot of the KMM rail on the right side
of the rack. When you insert the tool, the hook should be horizontal with the ground. The
following photographs show a rail that has been pulled out of the frame so you can see the
orientation of the hook more clearly.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 103


Level 02a

c. Turn the puller tool 90 degrees so that the hooked end is facing downward.

d. Grasp the puller tool in your left hand and the bolt tool in your right hand. Next, simultaneously
pull the rail toward the center of the rack using the puller tool and pull the rail toward you slightly

104 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

using the bolt tool. You will hear and feel a snap as the rail disengages from the rack.

e. Repeat the steps above to release the KMM rail on the left side.
__ 2. Press the outer sides of the rails toward the center of the rack and pull them toward you.

Continue pulling the rails and slides out of the rack until the cable management arm is fully
accessible.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 105


Level 02a

__ 3. Tuck the cable management arm into the inner edges of the rails and cross brace.

__ 4. Continue pulling the rail assembly toward you until it is completely free of the rack.

106 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Step 5: Assemble the UPG KMM and rails


For this step, you will need the following:
• UPG KMM (PN 00RY702 or PN 02RA023)
• Power supply and rack kit (includes the rail assemblies, cable management arm, and cross brace)
• Power jumper cable
• Bag of parts marked PN 02RA008
• Bag of parts marked PN 02RA009
Note: The unlabeled bags of parts in the UPG packages contain spare parts. If these spare parts are not
used, discard them.
__ 1. Find a large (at least 3 feet by 4 feet) table on which to attach the rail assemblies with slides, cross
brace, and cable management arm to the KMM. If a table is not available, the KMM and rails can be
assembled on the floor.
__ 2. Place the KMM near one end of the table. The rear side of the KMM should be facing the long side
of the table.
Note: While handling the rail assemblies, your hands might get greasy. To keep the KMM clean, it is
recommended that you not remove the plastic cling sheeting that covers the lid until the
installation is complete.
__ 3. Place the rail assemblies behind the KMM, parallel to each other, with the ends that include the
slides pointing toward the KMM.

Important: The rail assembly must be oriented so that the slides are on the lower side of the rail
(below the rail's center point).
__ 4. Each rail assembly includes an inner slide rail. Remove the inner slide rails from the rail assemblies
as follows.
a. Locate the inner slide on the rail assembly that is behind the right side of the KMM.
b. Pull the inner slide outward, extending it toward the KMM.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 107


Level 02a

c. Pull the white release button on the inner slide forward, while pulling the slide itself forward,
until it releases completely from the rail assembly. Note that considerable force is required to
pull the slide forward.

d. Repeat steps “4.a” on page 107 through “4.c” on page 108 on the rail assembly on the left side
of the KMM.
__ 5. Attach the right inner slide rail into the open screw holes on the right side of the KMM using two
6-32x1/4" machine screws (PN 02RA006, provided with the FRU) and the T15 Torx screwdriver.
Notches in the body of the KMM mark the location of the screw holes.

108 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Repeat this step on the left. The slide rails should now be firmly attached to the KMM.
__ 6. Slide the rail assembly on the right onto the slide rail that is attached the right side of the KMM.
The slides should be on the lower side of the rail, below its center point.

Pull the rail all the way forward, toward the KMM, until it is fully extended (you will hear a snap).
Repeat this step with the rail assembly on the left side of the KMM.
__ 7. Slide the cross brace into the rails from the rear opening. Using two 6-32 X 1/4" screws (PN
02RA006) and a T15 Torx screwdriver, attach the cross brace to the inside of the right and left rails

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 109


Level 02a

in the holes provided. Note that the cross brace should sit within the C-shaped channels on the
inside and of the KMM rails.

Attach the screws from the inside of the rail.

110 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Note: Be careful to use only the 6-32 X ¼-inch screws (not the 6-32 X 3/8-inch screws) to attach
the cross brace to the rails. If you have only 3/8-inch machine screws, swap them with the ¼"
machine screws that hold the slides to the rails.
__ 8. Remove the two screws that are attached to the rear of the KMM using the T15 Torx screwdriver,
and then attach the other end of the cable management arm to the rear of the KMM, in the same
holes.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 111


Level 02a

__ 9. Before continuing to the next step, refer to Figure 15 on page 113, which shows the KMM rail
assembly with the cable management arm, cross brace, and cables installed. Use this figure as a
reference as you complete the KMM and rail assembly installation (step “10” on page 113 through
step “13” on page 115).

112 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Figure 15. KMM rail assembly with cable management arm, cross brace, and cables installed
__ 10. In the cable management arm, attach the C5 to C14 Type power jumper cable (PN 00RY699) to
the power supply. Route the power jumper cable through the hole in the cable management arm
and the cross brace. Make sure to tuck the power cable inside the fingers along the length of the
cable management arm so that is held securely in place.
__ 11. Route the UPG VGA cable (PN 3200019) and the UPG USB cable (PN 520-00110) through the hole
in the cross brace and the hole in the cable management arm.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 113


Level 02a

Connect each cable to its connector on the rear of the KMM, but tighten the screws on VGA the
connector lightly, as you will be removing the cables again in Step “15” on page 117.
Note: Leave some slack in the VGA cable when routing it through the cable management arm.
There should be a U-shaped bend to the VGA cable between the connector on the rear of the KMM
and entrance to the cable management arm.

114 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 12. Tuck the VGA and USB cables inside the fingers along the length of the cable management arm so
they are held securely in place. Make sure both cables are pushed far enough behind the power
supply (the VGA and USB cables should sit securely behind the power supply).
__ 13. Route the power supply's cable through the cable management arm and connect its 90-degree
plug to the power connector on the rear of the KMM. Make sure that the 90-degree power plug is
turned sideways, so that it sits completely within and below the upper lip of the cable
management arm.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 115


Level 02a

Also, make sure that the ferrite core is within the cable management arm's fingers and loop the
extra cable behind the fingers that are between the core and the power supply.

116 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Note: At this point, ensure that all of the other cables are contained within the upper lip of the
cable management arm. Cables that protrude above the cable management arm or the KMM might
cause problems when the KMM is installed into the rack. All cables should be within the cable
management arm and fingers.
__ 14. The KMM and rail assembly is complete. In the next few steps, you will temporarily disassemble
some of the parts that you previously connected in order to make it easier to install the KMM into
the rack.
__ 15. Carefully disconnect the power, VGA, and USB cables from the back of the KMM.
__ 16. Remove the two 6-32 x 3/8-inch machine screws holding the cable management arm to the KMM.
Retain the screws.
__ 17. On the right side of the KMM, slide the white button on the inner rail forward while pulling the KMM
forward slightly, to disengage it from the slide. Repeat this step on the left.
__ 18. Holding the ends of the cables in one hand, carry the rail assembly to the front of the rack.
__ 19. Route the cables through the EIA slot in the front of the rack, pushing them as far back as possible.
Note that you should consider bundling the cables together using hook and loop fastener or cable
ties to make it easier to route them from the front to the rear of the rack. At the back of the rack,
make sure the cables are pulled through completely and are pushed to the left side.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 117


Level 02a

__ 20. Insert the rail ends of the KMM/rack assembly into the EIA slot in the rack. You might need to
press the rail ends inward (toward the inside of the rack) to allow them to clear the vertical sides of
the rack. Push the rails into the rack until the hump on the rail is about four inches from the cross
brace.
__ 21. Carefully shift and turn the assembly from side to side as you push it forward into the rack. To
move the section of the assembly where the cross brace is connected forward and into the rack,
you need to insert one rail further into the rack than the other, so that the cross brace is on a slight
diagonal. Alternate doing this on the left and right sides while pushing the assembly slightly
forward. The idea is to advance one of the PEM nuts past the EIA rail at a time.
__ 22. Fully lock the front end of the KMM rails to the front EIA rail. Push outward to compress the spring
as you push the rail into the rack.

118 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

You might feel or hear a click as the spring engages the back of the EIA rail.
__ 23. From the back of the rack, use the UPG rail removal puller tool (PN 02RA009) to pull each rail end
toward the rear of the rack until it meets the rail. Then, using the tool, pull the end of the rail
around the EIA rail so that it is now beyond the EIA rail.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 119


Level 02a

Next, push the end of the KMM rail into the EIA rail until if fully locks.
__ 24. At the front of the rack, make sure that the ball bearings in the KMM rails are fully forward.

Reattach the KMM by pushing it into the rails until they fully engage.

120 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Next, pull the KMM fully forward. It should be retained by the rails.
__ 25. Reattach the cable management arm to the back of the KMM using the two 6-32 x 3/8-inch screws
and the T15 Torx screwdriver. Then, carefully reconnect the three cables to their connectors,
ensuring that they remain on the inside of the cable management arm.

Step 6: Return the Vertiv KVM switch to the rack


__ 1. Push the KMM cables to the left side of the rack. Arrange the VGA, USB, and power cables in your
left hand, with the thinnest cable on the bottom and the thickest cable on the top.
In the next step, you will slide the KVM into the rack. When you do, the cables must be routed
along the left side of the KVM, over the front shoulder of the bracket, and through the notch in the
bracket's rear foot. Figure 16 on page 122 shows the notch in the rear foot of the bracket through
which the cables must be routed.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 121


Level 02a

Figure 16. Notch in rear foot of KVM bracket through which VGA, USB, and power cables must be
routed
__ 2. Continue to hold the cables in your left hand while sliding the KVM into the rack. At the same time,
ensure that the VGA, USB, and power cables remain correctly routed over the bracket on the left
side of the KVM.

Note: If you have trouble sliding the KVM into the rack, make sure that the rails did not become
disengaged from one another.

122 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

When the KVM is in place, the cables should still be next to the KVM in the left side bracket.

__ 3. At this point, the screw holes of the left and right KVM brackets should be flush and aligned with
the holes in the rack. Reattach the KVM with the 6mm x 13mm hex flange bolts (PN 46K4308)
through the brackets to secure it to the rack.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 123


Level 02a

__ 4. Reattach the VGA, USB, display power, and Support Element cables to their connectors on the
KVM. Ensure that the cables are labeled.

Gather up any excess cable length and secure the cables to the side of the frame so they will not
interfere when servicing other parts of the machine.
__ 5. Plug the KVM power cable into PDU 2 (location A21ZPDU2J.05). See Figure 14 on page 95 for the
location of the PDUs.
__ 6. Plug the display unit power cable into the PDU (location A21ZPDU1J.04).
__ 7. If the spine cable management bracket was moved, return it to its original position, as follows:
a. Carefully move the vertical cable spine bracket to the right or left of the tailgate bracket and
then behind the tailgate bracket. Make sure no cables become unattached as you move the
vertical cable spine bracket.
b. Install the bottom screw to secure the vertical cable spine bracket.
c. If any cables were removed from a cable clip, slide the cables back into the cable clip and use
the hook-and-loop fasteners to secure the cables to the spine cable management bracket.
__ 8. Ensure that both Support Elements can be displayed.
To display the Support Element in location EIA 42, use the following steps:
__ a. Press Ctrl
__ b. Press Ctrl
__ c. Press 0
__ d. Press 1
__ e. Press Enter
To display the Support Element in location EIA 41, using the following steps:
__ a. Press Ctrl
__ b. Press Ctrl
__ c. Press 0
__ d. Press 2
__ e. Press Enter
__ 9. The UPG display might be slightly off center. In this case, it is recommended that you center the
screen, as follows.
a. Press the OSD activation button (1), which is on the front of the UPG display.

124 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

b. On the OSD Main Menu, the Auto Configuration option should already be selected. Press the
OSD activation button (1).

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 125


Level 02a

Note: Screen centering only lasts for a single power session. Therefore, if you do an Emergency
Power Off of the CPC, you must repeat the screen centering steps.
__ 10. Close the display unit and slide it into the frame.
__ 11. Remove the plastic cling sheeting from the lid of the KMM.
__ 12. Apply the labels, as follows.
__ a. Apply the keystroke label to the inside of the KMM.

126 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ b. Apply one of the two the safety labels to the inside of the KMM.

__ c. Apply the second safety label to the outside of the KMM.

__ 13. Return the UPG rail removal puller tool to IBM with other broken parts.

Display unit: Replace compact KMM keyboard display (2461-SE3)


Use the following steps to exchange the compact keyboard/monitor/mouse (compact KMM) keyboard
display.
Note: This procedure assumes that you used the information in “Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-
SE3)” on page 35 to determine that the compact KMM is defective. It also assumes that you ordered a
replacement compact KMM (FRU kit 02WN888) and that it is now available to you.
Before getting started, locate the compact KMM FRU kit (PN 02WN888). The FRU kit contains the
following parts:
• Compact keyboard/monitor/mouse (compact KMM) display unit (PN 03FM329)

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 127


Level 02a

• Environmental Notices User Guide CD ROM (PN 02CM200)


• Croatia flyer (PN 46T8818)
• Restriction of Hazardous Substance (RoHS) specification (PN 97P3864)
Certain steps in this procedure require you to remove a captive screw. In some cases, the red handle
torque tool (PN 41V1059 or PN 6422789) might be helpful for removing a captive screw that is tight, and
difficult to turn.
1. Remove the white USB-C cable from the side of the compact KMM.
2. To remove the defective compact KMM from the mounting bracket, push it toward the frame and then
lift the KMM up and away from the bracket.
3. Return the defective compact KMM (PN 02EC957) to IBM with other broken parts.
4. Place the replacement compact KMM onto the mounting bracket and pull it toward you to fasten it to
the bracket.
5. Open the lid of the compact KMM and tilt the screen to a usable position.
6. Reconnect the white USB-C cable that you removed from the defective compact KMM to the connector
on the side of the replacement compact KMM.
For information on using the compact KMM's on-screen display for displaying and managing settings and
functions, see Appendix C, “Operating the compact KMM console unit (keyboard/display),” on page 209.

Display unit: Replace compact KMM interface adapter (2461-SE3)


Use the following steps to exchange the compact KMM interface adapter.
Note: This procedure assumes that you used the information in “Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-
SE3)” on page 35 to determine that the compact KMM interface adapter is defective. It also assumes that
you ordered a replacement compact KMM interface adapter (FRU kit 02WN889) and that it is now
available to you.
Before getting started, locate the compact KMM interface adapter FRU kit (PN 02WN889). The FRU kit
contains the following parts:
• Interface adapter (PN 02WN859)
• Environmental Notices User Guide CD ROM (PN 02CM200)
• Croatia flyer (PN 46T8818)
• Restriction of Hazardous Substance (RoHS) specification (PN 97P3864)
Certain steps in this procedure require you to remove a captive screw. In some cases, the red handle
torque tool (PN 41V1059 or PN 6422789) might be helpful for removing a captive screw that is tight, and
difficult to turn.
This procedure describes how to remove and replace the primary interface adapter, which resides within
the KMM storage box, on the left side. The secondary interface adapter is located in the KMM storage box
on the right side.
To switch between the two Support Elements, you use the Support Element selection buttons, which
are on the front end of the interface adapter. The SE selection buttons light up when the related SE is
selected. This allows you to know which SE is communicating with the compact keyboard/monitor/mouse
(compact KMM) at any given time.
The process of removing and replacing the primary interface adapter differs, depending on whether the
secondary interface adapter is in use. Choose the following link that matches your circumstances.
• If the secondary interface adapter is not being used, refer to the instructions in “Replace the primary
interface adapter with the secondary interface adapter” on page 129.
• If the secondary interface adapter is being used, refer to the instructions in “Replace the primary
interface adapter with a new interface adapter” on page 130.

128 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Replace the primary interface adapter with the secondary interface adapter
Note: This procedure assumes that you used the information in “Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-
SE3)” on page 35 to determine that the compact KMM interface adapter is defective. It also assumes that
you ordered a replacement compact KMM interface adapter (FRU kit 02WN889) and that it is now
available to you.
1. Ensure that the USB, Ethernet, and power cables that are connected to the primary and secondary
(spare) interface adapters are properly labeled before starting this procedure.
2. Locate the replacement interface adapter FRU kit (PN 02WN889).
3. Remove the replacement interface adapter from its packaging and then set it aside.
4. Open the front cover of frame A and locate the KMM storage box.
5. Open the door of the KMM storage box, as follows:
a. On the front of the KMM storage box door, slide the rectangular finger pull to the left, then lift the
door upward.
b. Hold the door up and push it slightly inward (toward the frame), to lock it in the open position (you
will hear an audible click). The primary interface adapter is located on the left side of the frame
within the KMM storage box.
The following photograph shows the KMM storage box door in the open position. The primary
interface adapter is located on the left side of the frame within the KMM storage box. The
secondary interface adapter is located on the right side of the frame within the KMM storage box.
The USB-C cable is connected to the primary interface adapter and its other end is connected to
the compact KMM.
6. Remove the defective primary interface adapter from the KMM storage box, as follows:
a. On the front end of the primary interface adapter, turn the screws on the USB-C cable plug
counter-clockwise to loosen them, then remove the white USB-C cable from its connector. The
other end of the USB-C cable should remain connected to the compact KMM.
b. Using your fingers, turn the captive screw that holds the primary interface adapter to the side of
the KMM storage box, counter-clockwise. If the captive screw is tight and does not turn easily, use
the red handle torque tool (PN 41V1059 or PN 6422789) to start it moving. When the captive
screw is loose enough for the interface adapter to be removed, the interface adapter releases
slightly from the frame.
c. Slide the interface adapter, with all of its cables still connected, out of the rack (toward you). After
the interface adapter is free from the frame, gently pull it toward you far enough so that it hangs in
front of the rack slightly. You might need to gently shift the cable bundle to provide enough slack
for the interface adapter to move toward you.
d. Detach the video, USB, and power cables from the interface adapter (the other end of each cable
should remain connected). Leave the cables in this position, hanging freely in front of the frame.
e. Return the defective interface adapter to IBM with other broken parts.
7. On the right side of the KMM storage box, remove the spare (secondary) interface adapter, as follows:
a. Turn the captive screw that holds the secondary interface adapter to the right side of the KMM
storage box counter-clockwise. If the captive screw is tight and does not turn easily, use the red
handle torque tool (PN 41V1059 or PN 6422789) to start it moving. When the captive screw is
loose enough for the interface adapter to be removed, the interface adapter releases slightly from
the frame.
b. Slide the secondary interface adapter out of the frame (toward you).
8. Slide the secondary interface adapter into the primary interface adapter location, on the left side of
the KMM storage box.
9. Using your fingers, hand-tighten the captive screw on the front end of the primary interface adapter
by turning it clockwise. The secondary interface adapter should now be securely connected to the left
side of the KMM storage box, with the video, USB, and power cables connected.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 129


Level 02a

10. Attach the white USB-C cable to the front end of the interface adapter.
11. Verify that the interface adapter is working. On the front end of the interface adapter, verify that one
of the green lights is lit. Press the up or down Support Element selection button to select the other
SE and to verify that its light also turns on. If one or both of the lights is not working, see “Symptoms
and corrective actions (2461-SE3)” on page 35 for information about how to proceed.
12. Find the replacement interface adapter that you set aside in Step “1” on page 130.
13. Slide the replacement interface adapter into the spare (secondary) adapter's place on the right side
of the KMM storage box.
14. Using your fingers, hand-tighten the captive screw on the front end of the interface adapter by turning
it clockwise.

Replace the primary interface adapter with a new interface adapter


Notes®:
• Note: This procedure assumes that you used the information in “Symptoms and corrective actions
(2461-SE3)” on page 35 to determine that the compact KMM interface adapter is defective. It also
assumes that you ordered a replacement compact KMM interface adapter (FRU kit 02WN889) and that
it is now available to you.
• Ensure that the video, USB, and power cables that are connected to the defective primary interface
adapter are properly labeled before starting this procedure.
1. Locate the replacement interface adapter FRU kit (PN 02WN889).
2. Remove the replacement interface adapter from its packaging and then set it aside.
3. Open the front cover of frame A and locate the KMM storage box.
4. Open the door of the KMM storage box, as follows:
a. On the front of the KMM storage box door, slide the finger pull to the left, then lift the door upward.
b. Hold the door up and push it slightly inward (toward the frame), to lock it into the open position
(you will hear an audible click). The primary interface adapter is located on the left side of the
frame within the KMM storage box. The USB-C cable is connected to the primary interface adapter
and its other end is connected to the compact KMM.
5. Remove the defective primary interface adapter from the KMM storage box, as follows:
a. Remove the white USB-C cable from its connector on the front end of the primary interface adapter.
The other end of the USB-C cable should remain connected to the compact KMM.
b. Using your fingers, turn the captive screw that holds the primary interface adapter to the side of the
KMM storage box, counter-clockwise. When the captive screw is loose enough for the interface
adapter to be removed, the interface adapter releases slightly from the frame.
c. Slide the interface adapter, with all of its cables still connected, out of the rack (toward you). After
the interface adapter is free from the frame, gently pull it toward you far enough so that it hangs in
front of the rack slightly. You might need to gently shift the cable bundle to provide enough slack
for the interface adapter to move toward you.
d. Detach the video, USB, and power cables from the interface adapter (the other end of each cable
should remain connected). Leave the cables in this position, hanging freely in front of the frame.
e. Return the defective interface adapter to IBM with other broken parts.
6. Install the new interface adapter, as follows:
a. Find the replacement interface adapter that you set aside in an earlier step.
b. With the cables still hanging in front of the frame, connect the video, USB, and power cables to the
replacement interface adapter. Note that the interface adapter should be oriented so that the end
with the Support Element selection buttons and lights, and the USB-C connector faces you. You
will connect the white USB-C cable in a later step.
c. Slide the replacement interface adapter into the defective adapter's place on the left side of the
KMM storage box.

130 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

d. Using your fingers, hand-tighten the captive screw on the front end of the interface adapter by
turning it clockwise.
e. Attach the white USB-C cable to the front end of the interface adapter.
7. Verify that the new interface adapter is working. On the front end of the new interface adapter, verify
that one of the green lights is lit. Press the up or down arrow Support Element selection button to
select the other SE and to verify that its light also turns on. If one or both of the lights is not working,
see “Symptoms and corrective actions (2461-SE3)” on page 35 for information about how to proceed.

Chapter 4. Exchanging the components 131


Level 02a

132 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Appendix A. Reloading the hard disk drive

To reload the hard disk drive, do one of the following:


• For Support Element 2461-SE1, refer to “Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE1)” on
page 133.
• For Support Element 2461-SE2, refer to “Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE2)” on
page 135.
• For Support Element 2461-SE3, refer to “Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3)” on
page 138.

Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE1)


1. Use the information in “Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE1) ” on page 134 to test the 2461
Support Element (Model 2461-SE1). Select Hard Disk problem area.
Return here when the test is complete, then continue below.
2. Did the hard disk tests fail?
• If YES, go to Step “3” on page 133.
• If NO, go to Step “5” on page 133.
3. Exchange the FRUs called by the diagnostics one at a time. For FRU removal and replacement
instructions, refer to the appropriate section in Chapter 4, “Exchanging the components,” on page 55.
If you exchanged the hard disk, check to see if there are jumpers or tab settings on the new hard disk.
Ensure any jumper or tab settings are the same as on the old drive.
After the FRU is exchanged, test the repair using the procedure in “Testing 2461 Support Element
(2461-SE1) ” on page 134. Select Hard Disk problem area.
Return here when the test is complete, then continue below.
4. Did the hard disk tests continue to fail?
If YES, call for assistance.
If NO, continue with the next step to restore the licensed internal code.
5. You must RESTORE the LICENSED INTERNAL CODE and back up critical data to the new hard disk
USING the FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:
a. Insert the Support Element DVD-R 001 in the Support Element DVD drive. Perform the following
steps to enable booting from the DVD drive:
1) Press the DEL or ESC key to enter SETUP when you see the American Megatrends splash screen
appear on the display.
Note: Note that a machine in the field may have a customer-assigned admin password. If this is
the case, the customer will need to provide the password (or temporarily remove the admin
password). If the customer has set an admin password, you will be prompted for it in order to
change the uEFI settings.
2) Once you are on the Aptio Setup Utility screen, select the Boot tab, select Boot Option #1 and
press Enter, then select HL-DT-ST DVDRAM and press Enter.
3) Press F4 to save and select Yes to reboot.
b. The Support Element will boot from the Support Element DVD-R.
c. Follow the Hard Disk Reload/Restore prompts on the Support Element display panel to restore the
Licensed Internal Code.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 133


Level 02a

d. After the LIC is loaded, you will be directed to remove the Support Element DVD-R and reboot the
system.
e. Follow the prompts on the Support Element display panel to complete the restore.
f. After the restore is complete, perform the following steps to remove the DVD drive from the boot
list:
1) Press the DEL or ESC key to enter SETUP when you see the American Megatrends splash screen
appear on the display. Enter the admin password if one is set.
2) Once you are back to the Aptio Setup Utility screen, select the Boot tab, then select Boot
Option #1 and change it to P0: ST1000NX0313.... Select Boot Option #2 and change it to
Disabled, leave Boot Option #3 as Disabled.
3) Press F4 to save and select Yes to reboot.
END OF PROCEDURE.

Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE1)


Use the information in this section when you are directed to test the 2461 Support Element (model 2461-
SE1) to isolate a problem or verify a repair.
__ 1. Running the prediagnostics:
__ a. Power on the display.
__ b. Power on or reboot the machine.
__ c. Press ESC or DEL when prompted at the BIOS splash screen to enter the setup screens.
__ d. Go to the Advanced tab, navigate to Network Stack Configuration, and press Enter to
expand it.
__ e. Change Network Stack to "Enabled."
__ f. Change Ipv4 PXE Support to "Disabled."
__ g. Change Ipv6 PXE Support to "Disabled."
__ h. Press F4 to save these values.
__ i. Select Yes to reboot.
__ j. Press ESC or DEL when prompted at the AMI splash screen.
Note: It takes a long time to enter the setup screens now that the Network Stack is enabled.
__ k. Select the Save & Exit tab, then select AMIDiag for UEFI.
__ 2. Running the diagnostics:
__ a. Go to the Options tab, navigate to Toggle All Tests, and press Enter.
Note: Note that it says that all tests are selected.
__ b. Go to the Memory tab and deselect Walking 1's Test, "Walking 0's Test", and Random
Memory Test because each requires hours to run. To deselect an item, use the arrow keys to
navigate to the item and then press the space bar. (The * to the left of each item will disappear
indicating it is deselected.)
__ c. Go to the System tab and deselect CMOS Validity Test because it will abort.
__ d. Go to the HDD/CD tab and deselect CD-DVD Tests because they will all fail to find media in
the DVD drive.
__ e. Go to the KBD tab and deselect KBD Layout Test because it will not run in batch mode.
__ f. Go to the USB tab, navigate to USB Controller Test, press Enter, and deselect HotPlug/
Removal Test because it will not run in batch mode.
__ g. Go to the Misc tab and complete the following:
1) Navigate to ACPI Tests, press Enter, and deselect ACPI Power Button Test and ACPI
Sleep Test.

134 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

2) Press ESC.
3) Navigate to Mouse Tests, press Enter, and deselect Mouse Access Test.
4) Press ESC and deselect Ping Test.
5) Navigate to IPMI Tests, press Enter, and deselect IPMI Event Log Test, Event Log Stress
Test, and Event Log Erase Test because these tests do not run in batch mode.
Note: If you want to run the keyboard (KBD) or mouse tests, they must be run separately with
manual intervention.
__ 3. If you want to get a full report at the end of the diagnostic run, complete the following steps:
__ a. Insert a formatted USB flash memory drive into one of the USB ports.
__ b. Go to the Options tab, navigate to Generate Report, and press Enter.
__ c. Select I still want to change log device, press Enter.
__ d. Change Report destination from ""None"" to "File," pick the long entry that shows USB in the
name, keep or change the default filename, and add your choice of words in the Heading field.
__ e. Change Log device info on fail from "NO" to "YES."
__ f. Change Log device info on abort"from "NO" to "YES."
__ g. Then select CONTINUE, press Enter.
__ 4. Press F10 to start running the tests. The tests will run for about 30 minutes. As the tests run, the
Total Errors and Errors in Current® Test right-side columns should have no entries in them.
__ 5. If you inserted a USB flash memory drive to capture a report, you must close the file using the
following steps:
__ a. Go to the Options tab, navigate to Generate Report, and press Enter.
__ b. Select I still want to change log device, press Enter.
__ c. Change Report destination from "File" to "None."
__ d. Select CONTINUE, and press Enter.
__ e. Remove the USB flash memory drive.
__ 6. Exit the diagnostics by pressing ESC and selecting "YES.
__ 7. After running diagnostics, complete the following steps:
__ a. Go to the Advanced tab, navigate to Network Stack Configuration, and press Enter to
expand it.
__ b. Change Network Stack to "Disabled."
__ c. Press F4 to save these values.
__ d. Select Yes to reboot.
END OF PROCEDURE

Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE2)


1. Use the information in “Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE2) ” on page 136 to test the 2461
Support Element (2461-SE2). Select Hard Disk problem area.
Return here when the test is complete, then continue below.
2. Did the hard disk tests fail?
• If YES, go to Step “3” on page 135.
• If NO, go to Step “5” on page 136.
3. Exchange the FRUs called by the diagnostics one at a time. For FRU removal and replacement
instructions, refer to the appropriate section in Chapter 4, “Exchanging the components,” on page 55.

Appendix A. Reloading the hard disk drive 135


Level 02a

If you exchanged the hard disk, check to see if there are jumpers or tab settings on the new hard disk.
Ensure any jumper or tab settings are the same as on the old drive.
After the FRU is exchanged, test the repair using the procedure in “Testing 2461 Support Element
(2461-SE2) ” on page 136. Select Hard Disk problem area.
Return here when the test is complete, then continue below.
4. Did the hard disk tests continue to fail?
If YES, call for assistance.
If NO, continue with the next step to restore the licensed internal code.
5. You must RESTORE the LICENSED INTERNAL CODE and back up critical data to the new hard disk
USING the FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:
a. Insert the Support Element DVD-R 001 in the Support Element DVD drive. Perform the following
steps to enable booting from the DVD drive:
Note: Note that a machine in the field may have a customer-assigned admin password. If this is the
case, the customer will need to provide the password (or temporarily remove the admin password).
If the customer has set an admin password, you will be prompted for it in order to change the uEFI
settings.
1) Power on the display.
2) Power on or reboot the Support Element.
3) When you see the American Megatrends splash screed, press the DEL or ESC key to enter the
Setup Utility.
4) Use the arrow keys to navigate to the Save & Exit tab.
5) Use the arrow keys to highlight the UEFI DVD selection (for example, "UEFI: (FAT) HL-DT-ST
DVDRAM GTC0N").
6) Press Enter. It will automatically boot from the DVD drive selection.
b. The Support Element will boot from the Support Element DVD-R.
c. Follow the Hard Disk Reload/Restore prompts on the Support Element display panel to restore the
Licensed Internal Code.
d. After the LIC is loaded, you will be directed to remove the Support Element DVD-R and reboot the
system.
e. Follow the prompts on the Support Element display panel to complete the restore.
6. Test using the procedure in “Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE2) ” on page 136. Select Run All
Selected problem area.
Return here when the test is complete, then continue below.
Did any of the hard disk tests fail?
• If YES, exchange the FRUs called by the diagnostics one at a time. For FRU removal and replacement
instructions, refer to the HMM for the appropriate machine type on the Diagnostic CD-ROM. When
the problem is resolved, go to “7” on page 136.
• If NO, continue with the next step to close the call.
• If the tests do not fail and the problem remains, call for assistance.
7. Close the call. For instructions, refer to the Service Guide for the server to which this console is
connected.
END OF PROCEDURE.

Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE2)


Use the information in this section when you are directed to test the 2461 Support Element (model 2461-
SE2) to isolate a problem or verify a repair.

136 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

__ 1. Running the prediagnostics:


__ a. Power on the display.
__ b. Power on or reboot the machine.
__ c. Press ESC or DEL when prompted at the BIOS splash screen to enter the setup screens.
__ d. Go to the Advanced tab, navigate to Network Stack Configuration, and press Enter to
expand it.
__ e. Change Network Stack to "Enabled."
__ f. Change Ipv4 PXE Support to "Disabled."
__ g. Change Ipv6 PXE Support to "Disabled."
__ h. Press F4 to save these values.
__ i. Select Yes to reboot.
__ j. Press ESC or DEL when prompted at the AMI splash screen.
Note: It takes a long time to enter the setup screens now that the Network Stack is enabled.
__ k. Select the Save & Exit tab, then select AMIDiag for UEFI.
__ 2. Running the diagnostics:
__ a. Go to the Options tab, navigate to Toggle All Tests, and press Enter.
Note: Note that it says that all tests are selected.
__ b. Go to the Memory tab and deselect Walking 1's Test, "Walking 0's Test", and Random
Memory Test because each requires hours to run. To deselect an item, use the arrow keys to
navigate to the item and then press the space bar. (The * to the left of each item will disappear
indicating it is deselected.)
__ c. Go to the System tab and deselect CMOS Validity Test because it will abort.
__ d. Go to the HDD/CD tab and deselect CD-DVD Tests because they will all fail to find media in
the DVD drive.
__ e. Go to the KBD tab and deselect KBD Layout Test because it will not run in batch mode.
__ f. Go to the USB tab, navigate to USB Controller Test, press Enter, and deselect HotPlug/
Removal Test because it will not run in batch mode.
__ g. Go to the Misc tab and complete the following:
1) Navigate to ACPI Tests, press Enter, and deselect ACPI Power Button Test and ACPI
Sleep Test.
2) Press ESC.
3) Navigate to Mouse Tests, press Enter, and deselect Mouse Access Test.
4) Press ESC and deselect Ping Test.
5) Navigate to IPMI Tests, press Enter, and deselect IPMI Event Log Test, Event Log Stress
Test, and Event Log Erase Test because these tests do not run in batch mode.
Note: If you want to run the keyboard (KBD) or mouse tests, they must be run separately with
manual intervention.
__ 3. If you want to get a full report at the end of the diagnostic run, complete the following steps:
__ a. Insert a formatted USB flash memory drive into one of the USB ports.
__ b. Go to the Options tab, navigate to Generate Report, and press Enter.
__ c. Select I still want to change log device, press Enter.
__ d. Change Report destination from ""None"" to "File," pick the long entry that shows USB in the
name, keep or change the default filename, and add your choice of words in the Heading field.
__ e. Change Log device info on fail from "NO" to "YES."
__ f. Change Log device info on abort"from "NO" to "YES."

Appendix A. Reloading the hard disk drive 137


Level 02a

__ g. Then select CONTINUE, press Enter.


__ 4. Press F10 to start running the tests. The tests will run for about 30 minutes. As the tests run, the
Total Errors and Errors in Current Test right-side columns should have no entries in them.
__ 5. If you inserted a USB flash memory drive to capture a report, you must close the file using the
following steps:
__ a. Go to the Options tab, navigate to Generate Report, and press Enter.
__ b. Select I still want to change log device, press Enter.
__ c. Change Report destination from "File" to "None."
__ d. Select CONTINUE, and press Enter.
__ e. Remove the USB flash memory drive.
__ 6. Exit the diagnostics by pressing ESC and selecting "YES.
__ 7. After running diagnostics, complete the following steps:
__ a. Go to the Advanced tab, navigate to Network Stack Configuration, and press Enter to
expand it.
__ b. Change Network Stack to "Disabled."
__ c. Press F4 to save these values.
__ d. Select Yes to reboot.
END OF PROCEDURE

Hard disk errors for 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3)


1. Use the information in “Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3) ” on page 139 to test the 2461
Support Element (2461-SE3). Select Hard Disk problem area.
Return here when the test is complete, then continue below.
2. Did the hard disk tests fail?
• If YES, go to Step “3” on page 138.
• If NO, go to Step “5” on page 138.
3. Exchange the FRUs called by the diagnostics one at a time. For FRU removal and replacement
instructions, refer to the appropriate section in Chapter 4, “Exchanging the components,” on page 55.
If you exchanged the hard disk, check to see if there are jumpers or tab settings on the new hard disk.
Ensure any jumper or tab settings are the same as on the old drive.
After the FRU is exchanged, test the repair using the procedure in “Testing 2461 Support Element
(2461-SE3) ” on page 139. Select Hard Disk problem area.
Return here when the test is complete, then continue below.
4. Did the hard disk tests continue to fail?
If YES, call for assistance.
If NO, continue with the next step to restore the licensed internal code.
5. You must RESTORE the LICENSED INTERNAL CODE and back up critical data to the new hard disk
USING the FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:
Note: In some cases, you might need to reload the licensed internal code from a network instead of
USB media. (For example, if you have feature code 0846). For information about loading images to a
system from a network, refer to the 8561 Service Guide, GC28-6998.
a. Insert the Support Element USB flash memory drive into the Support Element USB port. Perform
the following steps to enable booting from the USB drive:

138 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Note: Note that a machine in the field may have a customer-assigned admin password. If this is the
case, the customer will need to provide the password (or temporarily remove the admin password).
If the customer has set an admin password, you will be prompted for it in order to change the uEFI
settings.
1) Power on the display.
2) Power on or reboot the Support Element.
3) Press the ESC key to enter SETUP when you see the Insyde BIOS logo appear on the display.
4) Use the arrow keys to navigate to the Boot Manager, then select the USB brand listed.
5) Press Enter. It will automatically boot from the USB drive selection.
b. The Support Element will boot from the Support Element USB.
c. Follow the Hard Disk Reload/Restore prompts on the Support Element display panel to restore the
Licensed Internal Code.
d. After the LIC is loaded, you will be directed to remove the Support Element USB and reboot the
system.
e. Follow the prompts on the Support Element display panel to complete the restore.
6. Test using the procedure in “Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3) ” on page 139. Select Run All
Selected problem area.
Return here when the test is complete, then continue below.
Did any of the hard disk tests fail?
• If YES, exchange the FRUs called by the diagnostics one at a time.
• If NO, continue with the next step to close the call.
• If the tests do not fail and the problem remains, call for assistance.
7. Close the call. For instructions, refer to the Service Guide for the server to which this console is
connected.
END OF PROCEDURE.

Testing 2461 Support Element (2461-SE3)


The Insyde H2ODST diagnostics are embedded in the system BIOS firmware. To run the H2ODST
diagnostics, do the following:
1. Power on or reboot the machine.
2. Press ESC when prompted at the Insyde screen to enter the setup screen.
3. Select H2ODST Tool.
4. Select the orange box for All Device in the diagnostics window.
5. Press ESC to exit the H2ODST diagnostics.
Note: The Audio and Hard Drive tests will fail when running the H2ODST diagnostics, because Support
Element 2461-SE3 has no audio device and the data transfer test will fail.
END OF PROCEDURE

Appendix A. Reloading the hard disk drive 139


Level 02a

140 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Appendix B. 2461 configuration

Use the information in this section if you are directed to verify the configuration for the 2461 Support
Element (2461-SE1, 2461-SE2 or 2461-SE3) or the Hardware Management Appliance (2461-VA3).

2461-SE1 configuration
Use the information in this section if you are directed to verify the configuration for the 2461 Support
Element (2461-SE1).
Manual Configuration: Using IBM Setup Utility (ESC or DEL during boot)
1. Power on the display.
2. Power on the system unit.
3. Verify the following:

BIOS Information
BIOS Vendor American Megatrends
Core Version 4.6.5.5
Compliancy UEFI 2.3.1; PI 1.2
Project Version 0ACHT 0.10 x64
Build Date and Time 03/29/2016 16:00:00
Customer Ref. Number 006250

System Language [English]

System Date [Day mm/dd/yyyy] (varies)


System Time [hh:mm:ss] (varies - make sure seconds
advance)

Access Level Administrator

Processor Information
Name Haswell
Brand String Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E3-
Frequency 3400 MHz
Processor ID 306c3
Stepping C
Number of Processors 4Core(s) / 4Thread(s)
Microcode Revision 1d
GT Info Not Applicable

IGFX VBIOS Version N/A


Memory RC Version 1.8.0.3
Total Memory 32768MB (DDR3)
Memory Frequency 1600 Mhz

PCH Information
Name LynxPoint
PCH SKU C226
Stepping 05/C2
LAN PHY Revision N/A

ME FW Verison N/A
ME Firmware SKU N/A

SPI Clock Frequency


DOFR Support Unsupported
Read Status Clock Frequency 20 MHz
Write Status Clock Frequency 20 MHz
Fast Read Status Clock Frequency 20 MHz

{Advanced Tab}

PCI Subsystem Settings (hit ENTER to expand)

PCI Bus Driver Version V 2.05.02

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 141


Level 02a

PCI 64bit Resources Handling


Above 4G Decoding [Disabled]

PCI Express Settings (hit ENTER to expand)

PCI Express Device Register Settings


Relaxed Ordering [Disabled]
Extended Tag [Disabled]
No Snoop [Enabled]
Maximum Payload [Auto]
Maximum Read Request [Auto]

PCI Express Link Register Settings


ASPM Support [Disabled]
WARNING: Enabling ASPM may cause some
PCI-E devices to fail
Extended Synch [Disabled]
Clock Power Management [Disabled]

Link Training Retry [5]


Link Training Timeout (uS) 100
Unpopulated Links [Keep Link ON]
Restore PCIE Registers [Disabled]

{hit ESC twice}

ACPI Settings (hit ENTER to expand)

Enable ACPI Auto Configuration [Disabled]

Enable Hibernation [Disabled]


ACPI Sleep State [Suspend Disabled]
Lock Legacy Resources [Disabled]
S3 Video Repost [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

Trusted Computing (hit ENTER to expand)

Configuration
Security Device Support [Enable]
TPM State [Disabled]
Pending operation [None]

Current Status Information


TPM Enabled Status: [Disabled]
TPM Active Status: [Deactivated]
TPM Owner Status: [Unowned]

{press ESC}

SATA Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

SATA Controller(s) [Enabled]


SATA Mode Selection [AHCI]
SATA Test Mode [Disabled]
Aggressive LPM Support [Enabled]

Serial ATA Port 0 ST1000NX0313 (1000.2GB


Software Preserve SUPPORTED
Port 0 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Enabled]
Mechanical Presence Switch [Disabled]
External SATA [Enabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 1 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 1 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Enabled]
Mechanical Presence Switch [Disabled]
External SATA [Enabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 2 HL-DT-ST DVDRA ATAPI
Software Preserve N/A
Port 2 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Enabled]
Mechanical Presence Switch [Disabled]
External SATA [Enabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]

142 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Serial ATA Port 3 Empty


Software Preserve Unknown
Port 3 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Disabled]
External SATA [Disabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 4 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 4 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Disabled]
External SATA [Disabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 5 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 5 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Disabled]
External SATA [Disabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

PCH-FW Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

ME FW Version N/A
Firmware Update Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Me PW Image Re-Flash [Disabled]

{hit ESC twice}

USB Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

USB Module Version 8.10.34

USB Controllers:
2 EHCIs, 1 XHCI
USB Devices:
1 Keyboard, 1 Mouse, 3 Hubs

Legacy USB Support [Enabled]


XHCI Hand-Off [Enabled]
EHCI Hand-Off [Disabled]
USB Mass Storage Driver Support [Enabled]

USB hardware delays and time-outs:


USB transfer time-out [20 sec]
Device reset time-out [20 sec]
Device power-up delay [Auto]

{hit ESC}

Network Stack Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Network Stack [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:93 {varies} (hit ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 02:00:00
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:93 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:93 {varies}

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 143


Level 02a

{hit ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:94 {varies} (hit ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 02:00:01
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:94 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:94 {varies}

{hit ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:95 {varies} (hit ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 02:00:02
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:95 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:95 {varies}

{hit ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:96 {varies} (hit ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 02:00:03
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:96 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:96 {varies}

{hit ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:97 {varies} (hit ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

144 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

{hit ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 03:00:00
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:97 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:97 {varies}

{hit ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:98 {varies} (hit ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 03:00:01
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:98 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:98 {varies}

{hit ESC}

Intel(R) I210 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:... {varies} (hit ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.
Adapter PBA: 000300-000
Chip Type Intel i210
PCI Device ID 1533
PCI Address 06:00:00
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:99 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:99 {varies}

{hit ESC}

{Chipset Tab}

PCH-IO Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

Intel PCH RC Version 2.7.0.0


Intel PCH SKU Name C226
Intel PCH Rev ID 05/C2

USB Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

USB Precondition [Enabled]

USB Ports Per-Port Disable Control [Disabled]

{hit ESC}

BIOS Security Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 145


Level 02a

SMI Lock [Enabled]


BIOS Lock [Enabled]
GPIO Lock [Disabled]
BIOS Interface Lock [Enabled]
RTC Lock [Enabled]

{hit ESC}

PCH LAN Controller [Disabled]


SLP_S4 Assertion Width [Disabled]
Restore AC Power Loss [Power On]

{hit ESC}

System Agent (SA) Configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

VT-d Capability Supported

VT-d [Enabled]

{hit ESC}

{Boot Tab}

Boot Configuration
Setup Prompt Timeout 5
Bootup NumLock State [Off]

Quiet Boot [Disabled]


Fast Boot [Disabled]
SATA Support [HDD Only]
VGA Support [EFI Driver]
USB Support [Partial Initial]
PS2 Devices Support [Enabled]
NetWork Stack Driver Support [Disabled]

Driver Option Priorities

Boot Option Priorities


Boot Option #1 [P0: ST1000NX0313...] Changed from default of
"P2:"
Boot Option #2 [Disabled] Changed from default of
"P0:"
Boot Option #3 [Disabled] Changed from default of
"UEFI:"

CD/DVD ROM Drive BBS Priorities (hit ENTER to expand)

Boot Option #1 [P2: HL-DT-ST DVDRAM...]

{hit ESC}

Hard Drive BBS Priorities (hit ENTER to expand)

Boot Option #1 [P0: ST1000NX0313 ...]

{hit ESC}

Per Port Boot Option Control (hit ENTER to expand)

SATA 0 - Midplane P1 - Internal [Enabled]


SATA 1 - Midplane P2 - Internal [Disabled]
SATA 2 - Midplane P3 - Internal [Disabled]
SATA 3 - P14 - Internal SATA 3 [Disabled]
SATA 4 - P13 - Internal SATA 4 [Disabled]
SATA 5 - P11 - Internal SATA 5 [Disabled]

USB 0 - P6 Bottom - USB 5 [Disabled]


USB 1 - P6 Top - USB 4 [Disabled]
USB 2 - P3 Bottom - USB 7 [Disabled]
USB 3 - P3 Top - USB 6 [Disabled]
USB 4 - P4 Bottom - USB 9 [Disabled]
USB 5 - P4 Top - USB 8 [Disabled]
USB 6 - P24 [1,3,5,7] - Internal [Disabled]
USB 7 - P24 [2,4,6,8] - Internal [Disabled]
USB 8 - P25 [1,3,5,7] - Internal [Disabled]
USB 9 - P36 - Internal USB 3 [Disabled]
USB 10 - N/A - BMC [Disabled]
USB 11 - N/A - BMC [Disabled]
USB 12 - Midplane USB 0 P3 - USB 1 [Disabled]
USB 13 - Midplane USB 1 P2 - USB 2 [Disabled]

146 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

{hit ESC}

CSM16 Parameters (hit ENTER to expand)

CMS16 Module Version 07.79

GateA20 Active [Upon Request]


Option ROM Messages [Force BIOS]
INT19 Trap Response [Immediate]

{hit ESC}

CSM parameters (hit ENTER to expand)

Launch CSM [Enabled]


Boot option filter [UEFI and Legacy]
Launch PXE OpROM policy [Do not launch]
Launch Storage OpROM policy [Legacy Only]
Launch Video OpROM policy [Legacy Only]

Other PCI device ROM priority [UEFI OpROM]

{hit ESC}

{Security Tab}

Password Description

If ONLY the Administrator's password is set,


then this only limits access to Setup and is
only asked for when entering Setup.
If ONLY the User's password is set, then this
is a power on password and must be entered to
boot or enter Setup. In Setup the User will
have Administrator rights.
The password length must be
in the following range:
Minimum length 3
Maximum length 20

Administrator Password (hit ENTER to create password, must confirm new password)

Secure Boot menu (hit ENTER to expand)

System Mode Setup


Secure Boot Not Active

Secure Boot [Disabled]


Secure Boot Mode [Custom]
Key Management (hit ENTER to expand)

Default Key Provision [Disabled]

Enroll All Factory Default Keys


Save All Secure Boot Variables

Platform Key (PK) NOT INSTALLED


Delete PK
Set new PK

Key Exchange Key (KEK) NOT INSTALLED


Delete KEK
Set New KEK
Append KEK
Authorized Signatures NOT INSTALLED
Delete DB
Set new DB
Append DB
Authorized TimeStamps NOT INSTALLED
Delete DBT
Set new DBT
Append DBT
Forbidden Signatures NOT INSTALLED
Delete DBX
Set new DBX
Append DBX

{hit ESC twice}

HDD Security Configuration:


P0:ST1000NX0313 (hit ENTER to expand)

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 147


Level 02a

HDD Password Description:

Allows Access to Set, Modify and Clear


HardDisk User and Master Passwords.
User Password need to be installed for
Enabling Security. Master Password can
be Modified only when successfully unlocked
with Master Password in POST.
If the 'Set HDD Password' option is greyed out,
do power cycle to enable the option again.

HDD PASSWORD CONFIGURATION:

Security Supported : Yes


Security Enabled : No
Security Locked : No
Security Frozen : Yes (varies)
HDD User Pwd Status : NOT INSTALLED
HDD Master Pwd Status : INSTALLED

Set User Password

{hit ESC}

{Save & Exit Tab}

Save Changes and Exit


Discard Changes and Exit
Save Changes and Reset
Discard Changes and Reset

Save Options
Save Changes
Discard Changes

Restore Defaults
Save as User Defaults
Restore User Defaults

Boot Override
P2: HL-DT-ST DVDRAM GTB0N (the order of these choices may vary)
UEFI: Built-in EFI Shell
P0: ST1000NX0313

AMIDiag for UEFI

{Event Logs Tab}

Change Smbios Event Log Settings (hit ENTER to expand)

Enabling/Disabling Options
Smbios Event Log [Enabled]

Erasing Settings
Erase Event Log [No]
When Log is Full [Do Nothing]

Smbios Event Log Standard Settings


Log System Boot Event [Enabled]
MECI 1
METW 60

Custom Options
Log OEM Codes [Enabled]
Convert OEM Codes [Disabled]

NOTE: All values changed here do not take effect


until computer is restarted.

{hit ESC}

View Smbios Event Log (hit ENTER to view log)

{hit ESC}

{Server Mgmt Tab}

BMC Self Test Status PASSED

148 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

BMC Support [Enabled]


Wait For BMC [Enabled]
FRB-2 Timer [Enabled]
FRB-2 Timer timeout [6 minutes]
FRB-2 Time Policy [Reset]
OS Watchdog Timer [Disabled]
OS Wtd Timer Timeout [10 minutes]
OS Wtd Timer Policy [Reset]
Serial Mux [Disabled]
Bmc self test log (hit ENTER to expand)

Log area usage = 00 out of 20 logs

Erase Log [Yes, On every reset]


When log is full [Clear Log]

Log Empty

{hit ESC}

System Event Log (hit ENTER to expand)

Enabling/Disabling Options
SEL Components [Enabled]

Erasing Settings
Erase SEL [No]
When SEL is Full [Do Nothing]

Custom EFI Logging Options


Log EFI Status Codes [Both]

NOTE: All values changed here do not take effect


until computer is restarted.

{hit ESC}

View FRU information (hit ENTER to expand)

FRU Information (all of the values in this section can vary)

System Manufacturer Trenton Systems


System Product Name SBC, 1U, E3-1225v3,32GB 19
System Version RDH-04
System Serial Number xxxxx
Board Manufacturer Trenton Systems
Board Product Name MBC8240
Board Version 92-508240-E-02
Board Serial Number xxxxx
Chassis Manufacturer Trenton Systems
Chassis Product Name xxxxx
Chassis Serial Number xxxxx
SDR Revision -

{hit ESC}

BMC network configuration (hit ENTER to expand)

BMC network configuration

Lan channel 1
Configuration Address source [Unspecified]
Station IP address 00.00.00.00 (varies)
Subnet mask 00.00.00.00 (varies)
Station MAC address 00-10-6f-18-0b-47 (varies)
Router IP address 00.00.00.00 (varies)
Router MAC address 00-00-00-00-00-00 (varies)

Lan channel 2
Configuration Address source [Unspecified]
Station IP address 00.00.00.00
Subnet mask 00.00.00.00
Station MAC address 00-00-00-00-00-00
Router IP address 00.00.00.00
Router MAC address 00-00-00-00-00-00

END OF PROCEDURE

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 149


Level 02a

2461-SE2 configuration
Use the information in this section if you are directed to verify the configuration for the 2461 Support
Element (2461-SE2).
Manual Configuration: Using IBM Setup Utility (ESC or DEL during boot)
1. Power on the display.
2. Power on the system unit.
3. Verify the following:

BIOS Information
BIOS Vendor American Megatrends
Core Version 4.6.5.5
Compliancy UEFI 2.3.1; PI 1.2
Project Version 0ACIR 0.07 x64
Build Date and Time 04/27/2017 11:00:00
Customer Ref. Number 006250

System Language [English]

System Date [Day mm/dd/yyyy] {varies}


System Time [hh:mm:ss] (varies - make sure seconds advance)

Access Level Administrator

Processor Information
Name Haswell
Brand String Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E3-
Frequency 3400 MHz
Processor ID 306c3
Stepping C
Number of Processors 4Core(s) / 4Thread(s)
Microcode Revision 1d
GT Info Not Applicable

IGFX VBIOS Version N/A


Memory RC Version 1.8.0.3
Total Memory 32768MB (DDR3)
Memory Frequency 1600 Mhz

PCH Information
Name LynxPoint
PCH SKU C226
Stepping 05/C2
LAN PHY Revision N/A

ME FW Verison 9.1.20.1035
ME Firmware SKU 5MB

SPI Clock Frequency


DOFR Support Unsupported
Read Status Clock Frequency 20 MHz
Write Status Clock Frequency 20 MHz
Fast Read Status Clock Frequency 20 MHz

{Advanced Tab}

PCI Subsystem Settings (press ENTER to expand)

PCI Bus Driver Version V 2.05.02

PCI 64bit Resources Handling


Above 4G Decoding [Disabled]

PCI Express Settings (press ENTER to expand)

PCI Express Device Register Settings


Relaxed Ordering [Disabled]
Extended Tag [Disabled]
No Snoop [Enabled]
Maximum Payload [Auto]
Maximum Read Request [Auto]

150 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

PCI Express Link Register Settings


ASPM Support [Disabled]
WARNING: Enabling ASPM may cause some
PCI-E devices to fail
Extended Synch [Disabled]
Clock Power Management [Disabled]

Link Training Retry [5]


Link Training Timeout (uS) 100
Unpopulated Links [Keep Link ON]
Restore PCIE Registers [Disabled]

{press ESC twice}

ACPI Settings (press ENTER to expand)

Enable ACPI Auto Configuration [Disabled]

Enable Hibernation [Disabled]


ACPI Sleep State [Suspend Disabled]
Lock Legacy Resources [Disabled]
S3 Video Repost [Disabled]

{press ESC}

Trusted Computing (press ENTER to expand)

Configuration
Security Device Support [Enable]
TPM State [Enabled]
Pending operation [None]

Current Status Information


TPM Enabled Status: [Enabled]
TPM Active Status: [Activated]
TPM Owner Status: [Owned]

{press ESC}

SATA Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

SATA Controller(s) [Enabled]


SATA Mode Selection [AHCI]
SATA Test Mode [Disabled]
Aggressive LPM Support [Enabled]

Serial ATA Port 0 ST1000NX0313 (1000.2GB


Software Preserve SUPPORTED
Port 0 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Enabled]
Mechanical Presence Switch [Disabled]
External SATA [Enabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 1 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 1 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Enabled]
Mechanical Presence Switch [Disabled]
External SATA [Enabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 2 HL-DT-ST DVDRA ATAPI
Software Preserve N/A
Port 2 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Enabled]
Mechanical Presence Switch [Disabled]
External SATA [Enabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 3 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 3 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Disabled]
External SATA [Disabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 4 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 4 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Disabled]
External SATA [Disabled]

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 151


Level 02a

SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]


Spin Up Device [Disabled]
Serial ATA Port 5 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 5 [Enabled]
Hot Plug [Disabled]
External SATA [Disabled]
SATA Device Type [Hard Disk Drive]
Spin Up Device [Disabled]

{press ESC}

PCH-FW Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

ME FW Version 9.1.20.1035
Firmware Update Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Me FW Image Re-Flash [Disabled]

{press ESC twice}

USB Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

USB Module Version 8.10.34

USB Controllers:
2 EHCIs, 1 XHCI
USB Devices:
1 Keyboard, 1 Mouse, 2 Hubs {varies}

Legacy USB Support [Enabled]


XHCI Hand-Off [Enabled]
EHCI Hand-Off [Disabled]
USB Mass Storage Driver Support [Enabled]

USB hardware delays and time-outs:


USB transfer time-out [20 sec]
Device reset time-out [20 sec]
Device power-up delay [Auto]

{press ESC}

Network Stack Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Network Stack [Disabled]

{press ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:93 {varies} (press ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{press ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 02:00:00
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:93 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:93 {varies}

{press ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:94 {varies} (press ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{press ESC}

152 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 02:00:01
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:94 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:94 {varies}

{press ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:95 {varies} (press ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{press ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 02:00:02
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:95 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:95 {varies}

{press ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:96 {varies} (press ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{press ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 02:00:03
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:96 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:96 {varies}

{press ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:97 {varies} (press ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{press ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 03:00:00
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 153


Level 02a

MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:97 {varies}


Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:97 {varies}

{press ESC}

Intel(R) I350 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:5A:98 {varies} (press ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{press ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 106100-000
Chip Type Intel i350
PCI Device ID 1521
PCI Address 03:00:01
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:98 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:98 {varies}

{press ESC}

Intel(R) I210 Gigabit Network Connection - 00:10:6F:0D:... {varies} (press ENTER to expand)

PORT CONFIGURATION MENU


NIC Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Link Speed [Auto Negotiated]


Wake On LAN [Disabled]

{press ESC}

Blink LEDs 0

PORT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION


UEFI Driver: Intel(R) PRO/1000 6.1.16
Adapter PBA: 000300-000
Chip Type Intel i210
PCI Device ID 1533
PCI Address 06:00:00
Link Status [Disconnected] {varies}
MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:99 {varies}
Virtual MAC Address 00:10:6F:0D:5A:99 {varies}

{press ESC}

{Chipset Tab}

PCH-IO Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

Intel PCH RC Version 2.7.0.0


Intel PCH SKU Name C226
Intel PCH Rev ID 05/C2

USB Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

USB Precondition [Enabled]

USB Ports Per-Port Disable Control [Disabled]

{press ESC}

BIOS Security Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

SMI Lock [Enabled]


BIOS Lock [Enabled]
GPIO Lock [Disabled]
BIOS Interface Lock [Enabled]
RTC Lock [Enabled]

{press ESC}

PCH LAN Controller [Disabled]


SLP_S4 Assertion Width [Disabled]
Restore AC Power Loss [Power On]

154 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

{press ESC}

System Agent (SA) Configuration (press ENTER to expand)

VT-d Capability Supported

VT-d [Enabled]

{press ESC}

{Boot Tab}

Boot Configuration
Setup Prompt Timeout 5
Trenton Release Mode [On]
Bootup NumLock State [Off]

Quiet Boot [Disabled]


Fast Boot [Enabled]
SATA Support [HDD Only]
VGA Support [EFI Driver]
USB Support [Partial Initial]
PS2 Devices Support [Enabled]
NetWork Stack Driver Support [Disabled]

Boot Option Priorities


Boot Option #1 [BOOT_EMBEDDED (P0: ...]
Boot Option #2 [UEFI: Built-in EFI ...]

Note: It is no longer necessary to change the default boot choices, as the EFI manager
will control the boot list.

Per Port Boot Option Control (press ENTER to expand)

SATA 0 - Midplane P1 - Internal [Enabled]


SATA 1 - Midplane P2 - Internal [Disabled]
SATA 2 - Midplane P3 - Internal [Disabled]
SATA 3 - P14 - Internal SATA 3 [Disabled]
SATA 4 - P13 - Internal SATA 4 [Disabled]
SATA 5 - P11 - Internal SATA 5 [Disabled]

USB 0 - P6 Bottom - USB 5 [Disabled]


USB 1 - P6 Top - USB 4 [Disabled]
USB 2 - P3 Bottom - USB 7 [Disabled]
USB 3 - P3 Top - USB 6 [Disabled]
USB 4 - P4 Bottom - USB 9 [Disabled]
USB 5 - P4 Top - USB 8 [Disabled]
USB 6 - P24 [1,3,5,7] - Internal [Disabled]
USB 7 - P24 [2,4,6,8] - Internal [Disabled]
USB 8 - P25 [1,3,5,7] - Internal [Disabled]
USB 9 - P36 - Internal USB 3 [Disabled]
USB 10 - N/A - BMC [Disabled]
USB 11 - N/A - BMC [Disabled]
USB 12 - Midplane USB 0 P3 - USB 1 [Disabled]
USB 13 - Midplane USB 1 P2 - USB 2 [Disabled]

{press ESC}

CSM16 Parameters (press ENTER to expand)

CMS16 Module Version 00.20

GateA20 Active [Upon Request]


Option ROM Messages [Force BIOS]
INT19 Trap Response [Immediate]

{press ESC}

{Security Tab}

Password Description

If ONLY the Administrator's password is set,


then this only limits access to Setup and is
only asked for when entering Setup.
If ONLY the User's password is set, then this
is a power on password and must be entered to
boot or enter Setup. In Setup the User will
have Administrator rights.

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 155


Level 02a

The password length must be


in the following range:
Minimum length 3
Maximum length 20

Administrator Password (press ENTER to create password, must confirm new password)

Secure Boot menu (press ENTER to expand)

System Mode User


Secure Boot Active

Secure Boot [Enabled]


Secure Boot Mode [Custom]
Key Management (press ENTER to expand)

Default Key Provision [Disabled]

Enroll All Factory Default Keys


Save All Secure Boot Variables

Platform Key (PK) INSTALLED


Delete PK
Set new PK

Key Exchange Key (KEK) INSTALLED


Delete KEK
Set New KEK
Append KEK
Authorized Signatures INSTALLED
Delete DB
Set new DB
Append DB
Authorized TimeStamps NOT INSTALLED
Delete DBT
Set new DBT
Append DBT
Forbidden Signatures NOT INSTALLED
Delete DBX
Set new DBX
Append DBX

{press ESC}

Preserve variables on BIOS upgrade [Enabled]


Preserve variables on clear CMOS [Enabled]

{press ESC}

HDD Security Configuration:


P0:ST1000NX0313 (press ENTER to expand)

HDD Password Description:

Allows Access to Set, Modify and Clear


HardDisk User and Master Passwords.
User Password need to be installed for
Enabling Security. Master Password can
be Modified only when successfully unlocked
with Master Password in POST.
If the 'Set HDD Password' option is greyed out,
do power cycle to enable the option again.

HDD PASSWORD CONFIGURATION:

Security Supported : Yes


Security Enabled : No
Security Locked : No
Security Frozen : Yes {varies}
HDD User Pwd Status : NOT INSTALLED
HDD Master Pwd Status : INSTALLED

Set User Password

{press ESC}

{Save & Exit Tab}

Save Changes and Exit


Discard Changes and Exit
Save Changes and Reset

156 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Discard Changes and Reset

Save Options
Save Changes
Discard Changes

Restore Defaults
Save as User Defaults
Restore User Defaults

Boot Override
UEFI: Built-in EFI Shell {the order and number of these choices may vary}
BOOT_EMBEDDED (P0: ST1000NX0313)

AMIDiag for UEFI

{Event Logs Tab}

Change Smbios Event Log Settings (press ENTER to expand)

Enabling/Disabling Options
Smbios Event Log [Enabled]

Erasing Settings
Erase Event Log [No]
When Log is Full [Do Nothing]

Smbios Event Log Standard Settings


Log System Boot Event [Enabled]
MECI 1
METW 60

Custom Options
Log OEM Codes [Enabled]
Convert OEM Codes [Disabled]

NOTE: All values changed here do not take effect


until computer is restarted.

{press ESC}

View Smbios Event Log (press ENTER to view log)

{press ESC}

{Server Mgmt Tab}

BMC Self Test Status PASSED

BMC Support [Enabled]


Wait For BMC [Enabled]
FRB-2 Timer [Enabled]
FRB-2 Timer timeout [6 minutes]
FRB-2 Time Policy [Reset]
OS Watchdog Timer [Disabled]
OS Wtd Timer Timeout [10 minutes]
OS Wtd Timer Policy [Reset]
Serial Mux [Disabled]
Bmc self test log (press ENTER to expand)

Log area usage = 00 out of 20 logs

Erase Log [Yes, On every reset]


When log is full [Clear Log]

Log Empty

{press ESC}

System Event Log (press ENTER to expand)

Enabling/Disabling Options
SEL Components [Enabled]

Erasing Settings
Erase SEL [No]
When SEL is Full [Do Nothing]

Custom EFI Logging Options


Log EFI Status Codes [Both]

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 157


Level 02a

NOTE: All values changed here do not take effect


until computer is restarted.

{press ESC}

View FRU information (press ENTER to expand)

FRU Information {all of the values in this section can vary}

System Manufacturer Trenton Systems, Inc.


System Product Name MBC8240 Modular Blade Ca
System Version N-08
System Serial Number 11S00RY462YH10DK651112
Board Manufacturer Trenton Systems, Inc.
Board Product Name MBC8240 Processor Board
Board Version 92-508240-000
Board Serial Number 11S00RY462YH10DK651112
Chassis Manufacturer Intel
Chassis Product Name -
Chassis Serial Number -
SDR Revision -

{press ESC}

BMC network configuration (press ENTER to expand)

BMC network configuration

Lan channel 1
Configuration Address source [Unspecified]
Station IP address 00.00.00.00 {varies}
Subnet mask 00.00.00.00 {varies}
Station MAC address 00-10-6f-18-0b-47 {varies}
Router IP address 00.00.00.00 {varies}
Router MAC address 00-00-00-00-00-00 {varies}

Lan channel 2
Configuration Address source [Unspecified]
Station IP address 00.00.00.00
Subnet mask 00.00.00.00
Station MAC address 00-00-00-00-00-00
Router IP address 00.00.00.00
Router MAC address 00-00-00-00-00-00

END OF PROCEDURE

2461-SE3 configuration
Use the information in this section if you are directed to verify the configuration for the 2461 Support
Element (2461-SE3).
The following is a list of the configuration settings for the 2461-SE3.

InsydeH20 Version KabyLake.05.12.09.0049


Processor Type Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E3-1225 v5 @ 3.30GHz
System Bus Speed 100 MHz
System Memory Speed 2133 MHz
Cache RAM 1024 KB
Total Memory 32768 MB
Channel A
DIMM 0 16384 MB
Unknown 1 [Not Installed]
Channel B
DIMM 0 16384 MB
Unknown 1 [Not Installed]
Platform Configuration
CPUID: 0x506E3 (SKYLAKE DT HALO)
CPU Speed: 3300 MHz
CPU Stepping: 03 (R0/S0/N0 Stepping)
L1 Data Cache: 32 KB
L1 Instruction Cache: 32 KB
L2 Cache: 256 KB
L3 Cache: 8192 KB
Number of Processors: 4 Core(s) / 4 Thread(s)
Microcode Rev: 000000C2

158 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

GT Info: Unknown (0xFF)


SMX/TXT: Supported
PCH Rev / SKU 31 (D1 Stepping) / SKL PCH-H C236
GOP Ver: 9.0.1069
EC Ver: N/A
Board ID: Zumba Beach Server Crb
FAB ID: 0
Intel ME Version / SKU UnKnow
LAN PHY Revision Unknown
Language <English>
System Time {varies}
System Date {varies}

(press right arrow)

[Advanced Tab]

Platform Variable Revision 26


ME Setup Variable Revision 2
CPU Setup Variable Revision 11
SA Setup Variable Revision 9
PCH Setup Variable Revision 10
Boot Configuration (Enter to expand)

Numlock <Off>

(press ESC)

Peripheral Configuration (Enter to expand)

Serial Port A <Disabled>


Infrared Port <Disabled>

(press ESC)

SATA Configuration (Enter to expand)

Serial ATA Port 0 [ST2000NM0008-2F3100]


Serial ATA Port 1 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 2 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 3 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 4 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 5 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 6 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 7 [Not Installed]

(press ESC)

Type C Support <Disabled>


USB Configuration (Enter to expand)

USB BIOS Support <Enabled>


Usb Legacy SMI bit Clean <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Chipset Configuration (Enter to expand)

Setup Warning:
Setting items on this screen to incorrect values
may cause your system to malfunction!

(press ESC)

ACPI Settings (Enter to expand)

ACPI Settings (Enter to expand)

ACPI Version 5.0


Enable ACPI Auto Configuration [X]

Native PCIE Enable <Enabled>


Native ASPM <Auto>
BDAT ACPI Table Support <Disabled>

Low Power S0 Idle Capability <Disabled>


Lpit Recidency Counter <SLP S0>

Intel Ready Mode Technology <Disabled>

SSDT table from file <Disabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 159


Level 02a

PCI Delay Optimization <Disabled>

(press ESC)

FACP - RTC S4 Wakeup <Enabled>


APIC - IO APIC Mode <Enabled>
ACPI Memory Debug <Disabled>

(press ESC)

CPU Configuration (Enter to expand)

Type Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E3-1225 v5 @ 3.30GHz


ID 0x506E3
Speed 3300 MHz
L1 Data Cache 32 KB x 4
L1 Instruction Cache 32 KB x 4
L2 Cache 256 KB x 4
L3 Cache 8 MB
L4 Cache N/A
VMX Supported
SMX/TXT Supported

SW Guard Extensions (SGX) <Software Controlled>


Select Owner EPOCH input type <No Change in Owner EPOCHs>
PRMRR Size <INVALID PRMRR>
CPU Flex Ratio Override <Disabled>
CPU Flex Ratio Settings [33]
Hardware Prefetcher <Enabled>
Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch <Enabled>
Intel (VMX) Virtualization Technology <Enabled>
PECI <Enabled>
Active Processor Cores <All>
BIST <Disabled>
JTAG C10 Power <Disabled>
AP threads Idle Manner <MWAIT Loop>
AP threads Handoff Manner <MWAIT Loop>
AES <Enabled>
MachineCheck <Enabled>
MonitorMWait <Enabled>
BIOS Guard <Disabled>
Flash Wear Out Protection <Disabled>
Current Debug Interface Status Disabled
Debug Interface <Disabled>
Debug Interface Lock <Enabled>
Processor trace memory allocation <Disabled>
FCLK Frequency for Early Power On <Normal (800Mhz)>
Three Strike Counter <Enabled>
Voltage Optimization <Auto>

(press ESC)

Power & Performance (Enter to expand)

CPU - Power Management Control (Enter to expand)

Boot performance mode <Max Non-Turbo Performance>


Intel(R) SpeedStep(tm) <Enabled>
Race To Halt (RTH) <Enabled>
Intel(R) Speed Shift Technology <Enabled>
HDC Control <Enabled>
Turbo Mode <Enabled>
View/Configure Turbo Options (Enter to expand)

Current Turbo Settings

Max Turbo Power Limit 4095.875


Min Turbo Power Limit 0.0
Package TDP Limit 80.0
Power Limit 1 80.0
Power Limit 2 100.0
1-core Turbo Ratio 37
2-core Turbo Ratio 36
3-core Turbo Ratio 35
4-core Turbo Ratio 34

Package Power Limit MSR Lock <Disabled>


Power Limit 1 Override <Disabled>
Power Limit 2 Override <Enabled>
Power Limit 2 [0]
1-Core Ratio Limit Override [37]
2-Core Ratio Limit Override [36]

160 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

3-Core Ratio Limit Override [35]


4-Core Ratio Limit Override [34]
Energy Efficient Turbo <Enabled>

(press ESC)

CPU VR Settings (Enter to expand)

PSYS Slope [0]


PSYS Offset [0]
PSYS PMax Power [0]
Acoustic Noise Settings (Enter to expand)

Acoustic Noise Mitigation <Disabled>

IA VR Domain
Disable Fast PKG C State Ramp for IA <False>
Domain
Slow Slew Rate for IA Domain <Fast/2>

GT VR Domain
Disable Fast PKG C State Ramp for GT <False>
Domain
Slow Slew Rate for GT Domain <Fast/2>

SA VR Domain
Disable Fast PKG C State Ramp for SA <False>
Domain
Slow Slew Rate for SA Domain <Fast/2>

(press ESC)

Core/IA VR Settings (Enter to expand)

VR Config Enable <Enabled>


AC Loadline [0]
DC Loadline [0]
PS Current Threshold1 [0]
PS Current Threshold2 [0]
PS Current Threshold3 [0]
PS3 Enable <Enabled>
PS4 Enable <Enabled>
IMON Slope [0]
IMON Offset [0]
IMON Prefix <+>
VR Current Limit [0]
VR Voltage Limit [0]
TDC Enable <Enabled>
TDC Current Limit [0]
TDC Time Window <1 ms>
TDC Lock <Disabled>

(press ESC)

VR Mailbox Command options [0]


Intersil VR Command <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Platform PL1 Enable <Disabled>


Platform PL2 Enable <Disabled>
Power Limit 4 Override <Disabled>
C states <Enabled>
Enhanced C-states <Enabled>
C-State Auto Demotion <C1 and C3>
C-State Un-demotion <C1 and C3>
Package C-State Demotion <Auto>
Package C-State Un-demotion <Auto>
CState Pre-Wake <Enabled>
IO MWAIT Redirection <Disabled>
Package C State Limit <Auto>
C3 Latency Control (MSR 0x60A)
Time Unit <1024 ns>
Latency [78]
C6/C7 Short Latency Control (MSR 0x60B)
Time Unit <1024 ns>
Latency [118]
C6/C7 Long Latency Control (MSR 0x60C)
Time Unit <1024 ns>
Latency [148]
Thermal Monitor <Enabled>
Interrupt Redirection Mode Selection <PAIR with Fixed Priority>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 161


Level 02a

Timed MWAIT <Disabled>


Custom P-state Table (Enter to expand)

Number of P states [0]

(press ESC)

Energy Performance Gain <Disabled>


EPG DIMM Idd3N [26]
EPG DIMM Idd3P [11]
Power Limit 3 Settings (Enter to expand)

Power Limit 3 Override <Disabled>

(press ESC)

CPU Lock Configuration (Enter to expand)

CPG Lock <Enabled>


Overclocking Lock <Disabled>

(press ESC twice)

GT - Power Management Control (Enter to expand)

RC6(Render Standby) <Enabled>


Maximum GT frequency <Default Max Frequency>

(press ESC twice)

OverClocking Performance Menu (Enter to expand)

OverClocking Feature <Disabled>


WDT Enable <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Memory Configuration (Enter to expand)

Memory Thermal Configuration (Enter to expand)

Memory Power and Thermal Throttling (Enter to expand)

DDR PowerDown and idle counter <BIOS>


For LPDDR Only: DDR PowerDown and idle <BIOS>
counter
REFRESH_2X_MODE <Disabled>
LPDDR Thermal Sensor <Enabled>
SelfRefresh Enable <Enabled>
SelfRefresh IdleTimer [512]
Throttler CKEMin Defeature <Disabled>
Throttler CKEMin Timer [48]
Dram Power Meter (Enter to expand)

Use user provided power weights, scale <Disabled>


factor, and channel power floor values
Energy Scale Factor [4]

Idle Energy Ch0Dimm0 [10]


PowerDown Energy Ch0Dimm0 [6]
Activate Energy Ch0Dimm0 [172]
Read Energy Ch0Dimm0 [212]
Write Energy Ch0Dimm0 [221]

Idle Energy Ch0Dimm1 [10]


PowerDown Energy Ch0Dimm1 [6]
Activate Energy Ch0Dimm1 [172]
Read Energy Ch0Dimm1 [212]
Write Energy Ch0Dimm1 [221]

Idle Energy Ch1Dimm0 [10]


PowerDown Energy Ch1Dimm0 [6]
Activate Energy Ch1Dimm0 [172]
Read Energy Ch1Dimm0 [212]
Write Energy Ch1Dimm0 [221]

Idle Energy Ch1Dimm1 [10]


PowerDown Energy Ch1Dimm1 [6]
Activate Energy Ch1Dimm1 [172]
Read Energy Ch1Dimm1 [212]
Write Energy Ch1Dimm1 [221]

162 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

(press ESC)

Memory Thermal Reporting (Enter to expand)

Lock Thermal Management Registers <Enabled>

Memory Thermal Reporting

Extern Therm Status <Disabled>


Closed Loop Therm Manage <Disabled>
Open Loop Therm Manage <Disabled>

Thermal Threshold Settings

Warm Threshold Ch0 Dimm0 [255]


Warm Threshold Ch0 Dimm1 [255]
Hot Threshold Ch0 Dimm0 [255]
Hot Threshold Ch0 Dimm1 [255]
Warm Threshold Ch1 Dimm0 [255]
Warm Threshold Ch1 Dimm1 [255]
Hot Threshold Ch1 Dimm0 [255]
Hot Threshold Ch1 Dimm1 [255]

Thermal Throttle Budget Settings

Warm Budget Ch0 Dimm0 [255]


Warm Budget Ch0 Dimm1 [255]
Hot Budget Ch0 Dimm0 [255]
Hot Budget Ch0 Dimm1 [255]
Warm Budget Ch1 Dimm0 [255]
Warm Budget Ch1 Dimm1 [255]
Hot Budget Ch1 Dimm0 [255]
Hot Budget Ch1 Dimm1 [255]

(press ESC)

Memory RAPL (Enter to expand)

Rapl Power Floor Ch0 [0]


Rapl Power Floor Ch1 [0]

RAPL PL Lock <Disabled>


RAPL PL 1 enable <Disabled>
RAPL PL 1 Power [0]
RAPL PL 1 WindowX [0]
RAPL PL 1 WindowY [0]

RAPL PL 2 enable <Disabled>


RAPL PL 2 Power [222]
RAPL PL 2 WindowX [1]
RAPL PL 2 WindowY [10]

(press ESC twice)

Memory Thermal Management <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Memory Training Algorithms (Enter to expand)

Early Command Training <Disabled>


SenseAmp Offset Training <Enabled>
Early ReadMPR Timing Centering 2D <Enabled>
Read MPR Training <Enabled>
Receive Enable Training <Enabled>
Jedec Write Levelling <Enabled>
Early Write Time Centering 2D <Enabled>
Early Write Drive Strength/Equalization <Enabled>
Early Read Time Centering 2D <Enabled>
Write Timing Centering 1D <Enabled>
Write Voltage Centering 1D <Enabled>
Read Timing Centering 1D <Enabled>
Dimm ODT Training* <Enabled>
Max RTT_WR <ODT Off>
DIMM RON Training* <Enabled>
Write Drive Strength/Equalization 2D* <Disabled>
Write Slew Rate Training* <Enabled>
Read ODT Training* <Enabled>
Read Equalization Training* <Enabled>
Read Amplifier Training* <Enabled>
Write Timing Centering 2D <Enabled>
Read Timing Centering 2D <Enabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 163


Level 02a

Command Voltage Centering <Enabled>


Write Voltage Centering 2D <Enabled>
Read Voltage Centering 2D <Enabled>
Late Command Training <Enabled>
Round Trip Latency <Enabled>
Turn Around Timing Training <Enabled>
Rank Margin Tool <Disabled>
Memory Test <Disabled>
DIMM SPD Alias Test <Enabled>
Receive Enable Centering 1D <Enabled>
Retrain Margin Check <Enabled>
Write Drive Strength Up/Dn independently<Disabled>
CMD Slew Rate Training <Enabled>
CMD Drive Strength / Tx Equalization <Enabled>
CMD Normalization <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Memory Configuration

Memory RC Version 2.0.0.6


Memory Frequency 2133 MHz
Memory Timings (tCL-tRCD-tRP-tRAS) 15-15-15-35

Channel 0 Slot 0 Populated & Enabled


Size 16384 MB (DDR4)
Number of Ranks 2
Manufacturer Samsung {varies}
Channel 0 Slot 1 Not Populated / Disabled
Channel 1 Slot 0 Populated & Enabled
Size 16384 MB (DDR4)
Number of Ranks 2
Manufacturer Samsung {varies}
Channel 1 Slot 1 Not Populated / Disabled

Memory ratio/reference clock options moved to Overclock->Memory->Custom Profile menu


MRC ULT Safe Config <Disabled>
Maximum Memory Frequency <Auto>
HOB Buffer Size <Auto>
ECC Support <Enabled>
Max TOLUD <Dynamic>
SA GV <Enabled>
SA GV Low Freq <MRC default>
Retrain on Fast Fail <Enabled>
Command Tristate <Enabled>
Enable RH Prevention <Enabled>
Row Hammer Solution <Hardware RHP>
RH Activation Probability <1/2^11>
Exit On Failure (MRC) <Enabled>
MC Lock <Enabled>
Probless Trace <Disabled>
Enable/Disable IED (Intel Enhanced Debug)<Disabled>
Ch Hash Support <Enabled>
Ch Hash Mask [0]
Ch Hash Interleaved Bit <BIT8>
VC1 Read Metering <Enabled>
VC1 RdMeter Time Window [800]
VC1 RdMeter Threshold [280]
Strong Weak Leaker [7]
Memory Scrambler <Enabled>
Force ColdReset <Disabled>
Channel A DIMM Control <Enable both DIMMs>
Channel B DIMM Control <Enable both DIMMs>
Force Single Rank <Disabled>
Memory Remap <Enabled>
Time Measure <Disabled>
Lpddr Mem WL Set <Set B>
EV Loader <Disabled>
EV Loader Delay <Enabled>

(press ESC)

System Agent (SA) Configuration (Enter to expand)

SA PCIe Code Version 3.1.2.0


VT-d Supported

Graphics Configuration (Enter to expand)

Skip Scaning of External Gfx Card <Disabled>

Primary Display <Auto>

164 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Internal Graphics <Auto>


GTT Size <8MB>
Aperture Size <256MB>
DVMT Pre-Allocated <32M>
DVMT Total Gfx Mem <256M>
Intel Graphics Pei Display Peim <Disabled>
PM Support <Enabled>
PAVP Enable <Enabled>
Cdynmax Clamping Enable <Enabled>
Cd Clock Frequency <675 Mhz>
IUER Button Enable <Disabled>

(press ESC)

DMI/OPI Configuration (Enter to expand)

DMI X4 Gen3

DMI Max Link Speed <Auto>


DMI Gen3 Eq Phase 2 <Auto>
DMI Gen3 Eq Phase 3 Method <Auto>
DMI Vc1 Control <Disabled>
DMI Vcm Control <Enabled>
Program Static Phase1 Eq <Enabled>
Gen3 Root Port Preset value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [4]
Lane 1 [4]
Lane 2 [4]
Lane 3 [4]

(press ESC)

Gen3 Endpoint Preset value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [7]
Lane 1 [7]
Lane 2 [7]
Lane 3 [7]

(press ESC)

Gen3 Endpoint Hint value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [2]
Lane 1 [2]
Lane 2 [2]
Lane 3 [2]

(press ESC)

Gen3 RxCTLE Control (Enter to expand)

Bundle0 [3]
Bundle1 [3]

(press ESC)

DMI Link ASPM Control <L1>


DMI Extended Sync Control <Disabled>
DMI De-emphasis Control <-3.5 dB>
DMI IOT <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PEG Port Configuration (Enter to expand)

PEG 0:1:0 Not Present


Enable Root Port <Auto>
Max Link Speed <Auto>
PEG0 Slot Power Limit Value [75]
PEG0 Slot Power Limit Scale <1.0x>
PEG0 Physical Slot Number [1]
PEG 0:1:1 x4 Gen2
Enable Root Port <Auto>
Max Link Speed <Auto>
Max Link Width <Auto>
Power Down Unused Lanes <Auto>
Gen3 Eq Phase 2 <Auto>
Gen3 Eq Phase 3 Method <Auto>
ASPM <Auto>
De-emphasis Control <-3.5 dB>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 165


Level 02a

OBFF <Enabled>
LTR <Enabled>
PEG1 Slot Power Limit Value [75]
PEG1 Slot Power Limit Scale <1.0x>
PEG1 Physical Slot Number [2]
Max Link Width <Auto>
Power Down Unused Lanes <Auto>
Gen3 Eq Phase 2 <Auto>
Gen3 Eq Phase 3 Method <Auto>
ASPM <Auto>
De-emphasis Control <-3.5 dB>
OBFF <Enabled>
LTR <Enabled>
PEG2 Slot Power Limit Value [75]
PEG2 Slot Power Limit Scale <1.0x>
PEG2 Physical Slot Number [3]
PEG1 Max Payload size <Auto>
PEG2 Max Payload size <Auto>

Program PCIe ASPM after OpROM <Disabled>


Program Static Phase1 Eq <Enabled>
Gen3 Root Port Preset value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [7]
Lane 1 [7]
Lane 2 [7]
Lane 3 [7]
Lane 4 [7]
Lane 5 [7]
Lane 6 [7]
Lane 7 [7]
Lane 8 [7]
Lane 9 [7]
Lane 10 [7]
Lane 11 [7]
Lane 12 [7]
Lane 13 [7]
Lane 14 [7]
Lane 15 [7]

(press ESC)

Gen3 Endpoint Preset value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [7]
Lane 1 [7]
Lane 2 [7]
Lane 3 [7]
Lane 4 [7]
Lane 5 [7]
Lane 6 [7]
Lane 7 [7]
Lane 8 [7]
Lane 9 [7]
Lane 10 [7]
Lane 11 [7]
Lane 12 [7]
Lane 13 [7]
Lane 14 [7]
Lane 15 [7]

(press ESC)

Gen3 Endpoint Hint value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [2]
Lane 1 [2]
Lane 2 [2]
Lane 3 [2]
Lane 4 [2]
Lane 5 [2]
Lane 6 [2]
Lane 7 [2]
Lane 8 [2]
Lane 9 [2]
Lane 10 [2]
Lane 11 [2]
Lane 12 [2]
Lane 13 [2]
Lane 14 [2]
Lane 15 [2]

166 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

(press ESC)

Gen3 RxCTLE Control (Enter to expand)

Bundle0 [0]
Bundle1 [0]
Bundle2 [0]
Bundle3 [0]
Bundle4 [0]
Bundle5 [0]
Bundle6 [0]
Bundle7 [0]
RxCTLE Override <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Gen3 Adaptive Software Equalization


Always Attempt SW EQ <Disabled>
Number of Presets to test <Auto>
Allow PERST# GPIO Usage <Enabled>
SW EQ Enable VOC <Auto>
Jitter Dwell Time [3000]
Jitter Error Target [2]
VOC Dwell Time [10000]
VOC Error Target [2]
Generate BDAT PEG Margin Data <Disabled>
PCIe Rx CEM Test Mode <Disabled>
PCIe Spread Spectrum Clocking <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Stop Grant Configuration <Auto>


VT-d <Enabled>
CHAP Device (B0:D7:F0) <Disabled>
Thermal Device (B0:D4:F0) <Disabled>
GMM Device (B0:D8:F0) <Enabled>
CRID Support <Disabled>
Above 4GB MMIO BIOS assignment <Disabled>
X2APIC Opt Out <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PCH-IO Configuration (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Configuration (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Clock Gating <Enabled>


Legacy IO Low Latency <Disabled>
DMI Link ASPM Control <Enabled>
PCIE Port assigned to LAN Disabled
Port8xh Decode <Disabled>
Peer Memory Write Enable <Disabled>
Compliance Test Mode <Disabled>
PCIe-USB Glitch W/A <Disabled>
PCIe function swap <Enabled>
PCI Express Gen3 Eq Lanes (Enter to expand)

PCIE1 Cm [6]
PCIE1 Cp [2]
PCIE2 Cm [6]
PCIE2 Cp [2]
PCIE3 Cm [6]
PCIE3 Cp [2]
PCIE4 Cm [6]
PCIE4 Cp [2]
PCIE5 Cm [6]
PCIE5 Cp [2]
PCIE6 Cm [6]
PCIE6 Cp [2]
PCIE7 Cm [6]
PCIE7 Cp [2]
PCIE8 Cm [6]
PCIE8 Cp [2]
PCIE9 Cm [6]
PCIE9 Cp [2]
PCIE10 Cm [6]
PCIE10 Cp [2]
PCIE11 Cm [6]
PCIE11 Cp [2]
PCIE12 Cm [6]
PCIE12 Cp [2]
PCIE13 Cm [6]

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 167


Level 02a

PCIE13 Cp [2]
PCIE14 Cm [6]
PCIE14 Cp [2]
PCIE15 Cm [6]
PCIE15 Cp [2]
PCIE16 Cm [6]
PCIE16 Cp [2]
PCIE17 Cm [6]
PCIE17 Cp [2]
PCIE18 Cm [6]
PCIE18 Cp [2]
PCIE19 Cm [6]
PCIE19 Cp [2]
PCIE20 Cm [6]
PCIE20 Cp [2]

Override SW EQ settings <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 1 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 1 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE1 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE1 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE1 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 5 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 5 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>

168 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

PCIe Speed <Auto>


Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE5 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE5 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE5 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 6 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 6 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE6 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE6 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE6 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 7 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 7 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 169


Level 02a

PCIe Speed <Auto>


Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [7]
Reserved Memory [17]
Reserved I/O [16]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE7 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE7 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE7 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 8 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 8 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [7]
Reserved Memory [17]
Reserved I/O [8]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE8 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE8 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE8 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 9 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 9 <Enabled>


Topology <M2>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>

170 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

PCIe Speed <Auto>


Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE9 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE9 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE9 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 10 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 10 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE10 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE10 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE10 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 11 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 11 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 171


Level 02a

PCIe Speed <Auto>


Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE11 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE11 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE11 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 12 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 12 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE12 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE12 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE12 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 13 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 13 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>

172 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

PCIe Speed <Auto>


Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE13 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE13 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE13 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 17 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 17 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE17 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE17 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE17 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 21 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 21 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 173


Level 02a

PCIe Speed <Auto>


Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE21 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE21 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE20 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 22 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 22 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE22 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE22 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE20 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 23 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 23 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>

174 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

PCIe Speed <Auto>


Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE23 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE23 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE20 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 24 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 24 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE24 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE24 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE20 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC twice)

SATA and RST Configuration (Enter to expand)

SATA Controller(s) <Enabled>


SATA Mode Selection <AHCI>
SATA Test Mode <Disabled>
Software Feature Mask Configuration (Enter to expand)

HDD Unlock <Enabled>


LED Locate <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Aggressive LPM Support <Enabled>

Serial ATA Port 0 ST2000NM0008-2 (4000.7GB)


Software Preserve SUPPORTED
Port 0 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 175


Level 02a

Topology <Flex>
SATA Port 0 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 1 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 1 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Direct Connect>
SATA Port 1 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 2 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 2 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 3 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 3 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 4 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 4 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 5 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <M2>
SATA Port 5 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 6 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 6 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 7 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported

176 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Spin Up Device <Disabled>


SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 7 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]

(press ESC)

USB Configuration (Enter to expand)

XHCI Disable Compliance Mode <False>

xDCI Support <Disabled>

USB Port Disable Override <Disable>

(press ESC)

Security Configuration (Enter to expand)

RTC Lock <Enabled>


BIOS Lock <Enabled>

(press ESC)

SerialIo Configuration (Enter to expand)

I2C0 Controller <Enabled>


I2C1 Controller <Enabled>
I2C2 Controller <Disabled>
I2C3 Controller <Disabled>
SPI0 Controller <Disabled>
SPI1 Controller <Disabled>
UART0 Controller <Enabled>
UART1 Controller <Disabled>
UART2 Controller <for debug only>
GPIO Controller <Enabled>

Serial IO I2C0 Settings (Enter to expand)

I2C IO Voltage Select <3.3V>

Connected device <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Serial IO I2C1 Settings (Enter to expand)

I2C IO Voltage Select <3.3V>

Connected device <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Serial IO UART0 Settings (Enter to expand)

Bluetooth Device <Disabled>


Wireless Charging Mode <WC Disabled>
Hardware Flow Control <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Serial IO GPIO Settings (Enter to expand)

GPIO IRQ Route <IRQ14>

(press ESC)

WITT/MITT Test Device <Disabled>


UART Test Device <Disabled>
Additional Serial IO devices [ ]
SerialIO timing parameters (Enter to expand)

SerialIO timing parameters [ ]

(press ESC)

UCSI/UCMC device <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 177


Level 02a

TraceHub Configuration Menu (Enter to expand)

TraceHub Enable Mode <Disable>


MemRegion 0 Buffer Size <1MB>
MemRegion 1 Buffer Size <1MB>

(press ESC)

Pch Thermal Throttling Control (Enter to expand)

Thermal Throttling Level <Suggested Setting>


DMI Thermal Setting <Suggested Setting>
SATA Thermal Setting <Suggested Setting>

(press ESC)

DCI enable (HDCIEN) <Disabled>


Debug Port Selection <Legacy UART>
GNSS <Disabled>
PCH LAN Controller No GbE Region
DeepSx Power Policies <Disabled>
LAN Wake From DeepSx <Enabled>
Wake on WLAN and BT Enable <Disabled>
Disable DSX ACPRESENT PullDown <Disabled>
CLKRUN# logic <Enabled>
Serial IRQ Mode <Quiet>
Port 61h Bit-4 Emulation <Enabled>
State After G3 <S0 State>

{The SE and Hardware Management Appliance will use "S0 State", the HMC
and TKE will use "Last State". This determines what the machine will
do when input power is restored.}

Port 80h Redirection <LPC Bus>


Enhance Port 80h LPC Decoding <Enabled>
Compatible Revision ID <Disabled>
PCH Cross Throttling <Enabled>
Disable Energy Reporting <False>
Enable TCO Timer <Disabled>
Pcie PII SSC <Auto>
IOAPIC 24-119 Entries <Enabled>
Unlock PCH P2SB <Disabled>
Flash Protection Range Registers (FPRR) <Enabled>
SPD Write Disable <True>
ChipsetInit HECI Message [X]
Bypass ChipsetInit sync reset <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PCH-FW Configuration (Enter to expand)

ME Firmware Version 0.0.0.0


ME Firmware Mode ME Failed
ME Firmware SKU Unidentified
ME File System Integrity Value 0
ME Firmware Status 1 0x000F0345
ME Firmware Status 2 0x8A116006
NFC Support Disabled

ME State <Enabled>
Comms Hub Support <Disabled>
JHI Support <Disabled>
Core Bios Done Message <Enabled>

Firmware Update Configuration (Enter to expand)

Me FW Image Re-Flash <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PTT Configuration (Enter to expand)

PTT Capability / State 0 / 0

PTP aware OS <PTP Aware>

(press ESC)

ME Debug Configuration (Enter to expand)

HECI Timeouts [X]

178 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Force ME DID Init Status <Disabled>


CPU Replaced Polling Disable <Disabled>
ME DID Message <Enabled>
HECI Retry Disable <Disabled>
HECI Message check Disable <Disabled>
MBP HOB Skip <Disabled>
HECI2 Interface Communication [ ]
KT Device [X]
IDER Device [X]
End Of Post Message <Send in DXE>
DOI3 Setting for HECI Disable <Disabled>

(press ESC twice)

Thermal Configuration (Enter to expand)

CPU Thermal Configuration (Enter to expand)

DTS SMM <Disabled>


Tcc Activation Offset [0]
Tcc Offset Time Window <Disabled>
Tcc Offset Clamp Enable <Disabled>
Tcc Offset Lock Enable <Disabled>
Bi-directional PROCHOT# <Enabled>
Disable PROCHOT# Output <Enabled>
Disable VR Thermal Alert <Disabled>
PROCHOT Response <Disabled>
PROCHOT Lock <Disabled>
ACPI T-States [ ]
PECI Reset <Disabled>
PECI C10 Reset <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Platform Thermal Configuration (Enter to expand)

Automatic Thermal Reporting <Disabled>


Critical Trip Point <119C (POR)>
Active Trip Point 0 <71 C>
Active Trip Point 0 Fan Speed [100]
Active Trip Point 1 <55 C>
Active Trip Point 1 Fan Speed [75]
Passive Trip Point <95 C>
Passive TC1 Value [1]
Passive TC2 Value [5]
Passive TSP Value [10]

Active Trip Points <Enabled>


Passive Trip Points <Disabled>
Critical Trip Points <Enabled>

PCH Thermal Device <Enabled in PCI mode>


PCH Temp Read [X]
CPU Energy Read [X]
CPU Temp Read [X]
Alert Enable Lock <Disabled>
CPU Temp [0]
CPU Fan Speed [65]

(press ESC)

DPTF Configuration (Enter to expand)

(press ESC)

Hardware Health Monitor (Enter to expand)

Thermal Sensor 1 Temp <0 C>


Thermal Sensor 2 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 3 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 4 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 5 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 6 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 7 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 8 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Thermistor 1 Temp <0 raw>
Thermal Thermistor 2 Temp <0 raw>
Thermal Thermistor 3 Temp <0 raw>
Thermal Thermistor 4 Temp <0 raw>
Thermal Thermistor 5 Temp <0 raw>
Thermal Thermistor 6 Temp <0 raw>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 179


Level 02a

CPU Fan Speed <0 rpm>


PCH DTS Temp from PCH <0 C>

(press ESC twice)

Platform Settings (Enter to expand)

UCSI Retry Workaround <Disabled>


PS2 Keyboard and Mouse <Enabled>

(press ESC)

RTD3 settings (Enter to expand)

RTD3 Support <Enabled>

VR Staggering delay [16]


VR Ramp up delay [16]
PCIE Slot 5 Device Power-on delay in ms [100]
PCIE Slot 5 Device Power-off dealy in ms[10]
Audio Delay [200]
I2C0 Controller [0]
SensorHub [68]
I2C1 Controller [0]
TouchPad [68]
TouchPanel [68]
P-state Capping <Disabled>
USB Port 1 <Disabled>
USB Port 2 <Disabled>
I2C0 Sensor Hub <Enabled>
WWAN <Enabled>
Sata Port 1 <Disabled>
Sata Port 2 <Disabled>
RST Raid Volumes <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Thunderbolt Device (Enter to expand)

Thunderbolt(TM) Support <Disabled>


Thunderbolt(TM) PCIe Support <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Server ME Configuration (Enter to expand)

Operational Firmware Version 4.1.4.54


Backup Firmware Version 0.0.0.0
Recovery Firmware Version 4.1.4.54
Server ME SKU Silicon Enabling
ME Firmware Status #1 0x000F0345
ME Firmware Status #2 0x8A116006
Current State Operational
Error Code No Error

(press ESC)

Intel ICC (Enter to expand)

ICC/OC Watchdog Timer <Disabled>


ICC Locks after EOP <Default>
ICC Profile [0]

(press ESC)

SIO AST2400 (Enter to expand)

Serial Port A <AUTO>

(press ESC)

Trenton Systems (Enter to expand)

BIOS Info:
Platform BIOS_MBC8272
Version Main.001.012
State release

SMBIOS OEM Strings:


Trenton BIOS version: BIOS_MBC8272.Main.001.012.release
Insyde BIOS version: KabyLake.05.12.09.0049
Trenton Notes: Mainline

180 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

SPI OEM Contents:


SPI SYSFLASH_MBC8272.Main.001.006
BIOS BIOS_MBC8272.Main.001.004.release
ME SPS_E3_04.01.04.054.0

(press ESC)

Ipmi Sensor Control (Enter to expand)

Per-Sensor Enables
FAN1 Enable <Disabled> {Enabled for TKE}
FAN2 Enable <Enabled>
FAN3 Enable <Enabled>
FAN4 Enable <Enabled>
FAN5 Enable <Disabled> {Enabled for TKE}

(press ESC)

H2O IPMI Configuration (Enter to expand)

IPMI Support <Enabled>

System Interface Type KCS


IPMI Base Address for OS CA2/CA3
IPMI Base Address for POST CA2/CA3
IPMI Base Address for SMM CA2/CA3

BMC Status OK
BMC Firmware Version 3.03
IPMI Specification Version 2.0
BMC MAC Address 00:10:6F:23:73:B4 {varies}

BMC Warmup Time [240]


ACPI SPMI Table <Enabled>
Boot Option Support <Disabled>
Set BIOS version to BMC <Disabled>

BMC Configuration (Enter to expand)

Watchdog Timer Support <Disabled>


Watchdog Timer Timeout [5]
Watchdog Timer Action <Hard Reset>

Power Cycle Time Support <Disabled>


Power Cycle Time [10]

Power Button <Enabled>


Reset Button <Enabled>
NMI Button <Enabled>

Lan Port Configuration <Dedicated>

LAN Channel Number [1]


IPv4 Source <DHCP> {varies}
IPv4 IP Address 9.60.15.239 {varies}
IPv4 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 {varies}
IPv4 Gateway Address 9.60.15.254 {varies}

IPv6 Mode <Disabled>


IPv6 AutoConfig <Enabled>
IPv6 Prefix Length [0]
IPv6 IP Address 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
IPv6 Gateway Address 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0

(press ESC)

SDR List (Enter to expand)

SDR List Support <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Execute H2O IPMI Utility

LOAD IPMI OPTIMAL DEFAULT

(press ESC)

Console Redirection (Enter to expand)

Console Serial Redirect <Enabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 181


Level 02a

Terminal Type <VT_100>


Baud Rate <115200>
Data Bits <8 Bits>
Parity <None>
Stop Bits <1 Bit>
Flow Control <None>
Information Wait Time < 5 Second>
C.R. After Post <Yes>
Text Mode Resolution <AUTO>
AutoRefresh <Enabled>
FailSafeBaudRate <Disabled>
COMA (Enter to expand)

PortEnable <Enabled>
UseGlobalSetting <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Enable VT-100, 115200, N81

(press ESC)

H2oUve Configuration (Enter to expand)

H2OUVE Support <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Diagnostics and System Tester (Enter to expand)

H2ODST Tool

(press ESC)

[Security Tab]

Current TPM Device <TPM 2.0 (DTPM)>


TPM State All Hierarchies Enabled, UnOwned {varies}
TPM Active PCR Hash Algorithm SHA1, SHA256
TPM Hardware Supported Hash Algorithm SHA1, SHA256
TrEE Protocol Version <1.1>
TPM Availability <Available>
TPM Operation <No Operation>
Clear TPM [ ]

Supervisor Password Not Installed


User Password Not Installed

Set Supervisor Password


Set User Password
Set All Hdd Password
Set All Master Hdd Password

Storage Password Setup Page (Enter to expand)

ST2000NM0008-2F3100 (Enter to expand)

Device Name: [ST2000NM0008-2F3100]

Security Mode: No Accessed

Set Storage Password


Set Master Hdd Password

(press ESC twice)

[Power Tab]

ACPI S3 <Enabled>
Wake on PME <Enabled>
Wake on Modem Ring <Disabled>
Auto Wake on S5 <Disabled>
S5 long run test <Disabled>

[Boot Tab]

Boot Type <UEFI Boot Type>


Quick Boot <Enabled>
Quiet Boot <Enabled>
Network Stack <Enabled>
PXE Boot capability <UEFI:IPv4>
Power Up In Standby Support <Disabled>

182 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Add Boot Options <Auto>


ACPI Selection <Acpi5.0>
USB Boot <Enabled>
EFI Device First <Enabled>
UEFI OS Fast Boot <Enabled>
USB Hot Key Support <Disabled>
Timeout [10]
Automatic Failover <Enabled>

EFI (Enter to expand)

BOOT_EMBEDDED (ST2000NM0008-2F3100) {This list will vary}


EFI Hard Drive (ST2000NM0008-23F3100)
EFI Network LAN8 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-B3)
EFI Network LAN7 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-B2)
EFI Network LAN6 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-B1)
EFI Network LAN5 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-B0)
EFI Network LAN4 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-AF)
EFI Network LAN3 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-AE)
EFI Network LAN2 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-AD)
EFI Network LAN1 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-AC)
Internal EFI Shell

(press ESC)

Per-port boot filer (Enter to expand)

Rear Port1 Enable <Enabled>


Rear Port2 Enable <Enabled>
Rear Port3 Enable <Enabled>
Rear Port4 Enable <Enabled>
Rear Port5 Enable <Enabled>
Rear Port6 Enable <Enabled>
Front Port1 Enable <Enabled>
Front Port2 Enable <Enabled>

(press ESC)

[Exit Tab]

Exit Saving Changes


Save Change Without Exit
Exit Discarding Changes
Load Optimal Defaults
Load Custom Defaults
Save Custom Defaults
Discard Changes

(end of BIOS Setup values)

END OF PROCEDURE

2461-VA3 configuration
Use the information in this section if you are directed to verify the configuration for the 2461 Hardware
Management Appliance (2461-VA3).
The following is a list of the configuration settings for the 2461-VA3.

InsydeH20 Version KabyLake.05.12.09.0049


Processor Type Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E3-1275 v6 @ 3.80GHz
System Bus Speed 100 MHz
System Memory Speed 2133 MHz
Cache RAM 1024 KB
Total Memory 65536 MB
Channel A
DIMM 0 16384 MB
DIMM 1 16384 MB
Channel B
DIMM 0 16384 MB
DIMM 1 16384 MB
Platform Configuration
CPUID: 0x506E3 (SKYLAKE DT HALO)
CPU Speed: 3300 MHz
CPU Stepping: 03 (R0/S0/N0 Stepping)
L1 Data Cache: 32 KB
L1 Instruction Cache: 32 KB

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 183


Level 02a

L2 Cache: 256 KB
L3 Cache: 8192 KB
Number of Processors: 4 Core(s) / 4 Thread(s)
Microcode Rev: 000000C2
GT Info: Unknown (0xFF)
SMX/TXT: Supported
PCH Rev / SKU 31 (D1 Stepping) / SKL PCH-H C236
GOP Ver: 9.0.1069
EC Ver: N/A
Board ID: Zumba Beach Server Crb
FAB ID: 0
Intel ME Version / SKU UnKnow
LAN PHY Revision Unknown
Language <English>
System Time {varies}
System Date {varies}

(press right arrow)

[Advanced Tab]

Platform Variable Revision 26


ME Setup Variable Revision 2
CPU Setup Variable Revision 11
SA Setup Variable Revision 9
PCH Setup Variable Revision 10
Boot Configuration (Enter to expand)

Numlock <Off>

(press ESC)

Peripheral Configuration (Enter to expand)

Serial Port A <Disabled>


Infrared Port <Disabled>

(press ESC)

SATA Configuration (Enter to expand)

Serial ATA Port 0 [ST2000NM0008-2F3100]


Serial ATA Port 1 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 2 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 3 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 4 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 5 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 6 [Not Installed]
Serial ATA Port 7 [Not Installed]

(press ESC)

Type C Support <Disabled>


USB Configuration (Enter to expand)

USB BIOS Support <Enabled>


Usb Legacy SMI bit Clean <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Chipset Configuration (Enter to expand)

Setup Warning:
Setting items on this screen to incorrect values
may cause your system to malfunction!

(press ESC)

ACPI Settings (Enter to expand)

ACPI Settings (Enter to expand)

ACPI Version 5.0


Enable ACPI Auto Configuration [X]

Native PCIE Enable <Enabled>


Native ASPM <Auto>
BDAT ACPI Table Support <Disabled>

Low Power S0 Idle Capability <Disabled>


Lpit Recidency Counter <SLP S0>

184 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Intel Ready Mode Technology <Disabled>

SSDT table from file <Disabled>

PCI Delay Optimization <Disabled>

(press ESC)

FACP - RTC S4 Wakeup <Enabled>


APIC - IO APIC Mode <Enabled>
ACPI Memory Debug <Disabled>

(press ESC)

CPU Configuration (Enter to expand)

Type Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E3-1275 v6 @ 3.80GHz


ID 0x506E3
Speed 3800 MHz
L1 Data Cache 32 KB x 4
L1 Instruction Cache 32 KB x 4
L2 Cache 256 KB x 4
L3 Cache 8 MB
L4 Cache N/A
VMX Supported
SMX/TXT Supported

SW Guard Extensions (SGX) <Software Controlled>


Select Owner EPOCH input type <No Change in Owner EPOCHs>
PRMRR Size <INVALID PRMRR>
CPU Flex Ratio Override <Disabled>
CPU Flex Ratio Settings [33]
Hardware Prefetcher <Enabled>
Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch <Enabled>
Intel (VMX) Virtualization Technology <Enabled>
PECI <Enabled>
Active Processor Cores <All>
BIST <Disabled>
JTAG C10 Power <Disabled>
AP threads Idle Manner <MWAIT Loop>
AP threads Handoff Manner <MWAIT Loop>
AES <Enabled>
MachineCheck <Enabled>
MonitorMWait <Enabled>
BIOS Guard <Disabled>
Flash Wear Out Protection <Disabled>
Current Debug Interface Status Disabled
Debug Interface <Disabled>
Debug Interface Lock <Enabled>
Processor trace memory allocation <Disabled>
FCLK Frequency for Early Power On <Normal (800Mhz)>
Three Strike Counter <Enabled>
Voltage Optimization <Auto>

(press ESC)

Power & Performance (Enter to expand)

CPU - Power Management Control (Enter to expand)

Boot performance mode <Max Non-Turbo Performance>


Intel(R) SpeedStep(tm) <Enabled>
Race To Halt (RTH) <Enabled>
Intel(R) Speed Shift Technology <Enabled>
HDC Control <Enabled>
Turbo Mode <Enabled>
View/Configure Turbo Options (Enter to expand)

Current Turbo Settings

Max Turbo Power Limit 4095.875


Min Turbo Power Limit 0.0
Package TDP Limit 80.0
Power Limit 1 80.0
Power Limit 2 100.0
1-core Turbo Ratio 37
2-core Turbo Ratio 36
3-core Turbo Ratio 35
4-core Turbo Ratio 34

Package Power Limit MSR Lock <Disabled>


Power Limit 1 Override <Disabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 185


Level 02a

Power Limit 2 Override <Enabled>


Power Limit 2 [0]
1-Core Ratio Limit Override [37]
2-Core Ratio Limit Override [36]
3-Core Ratio Limit Override [35]
4-Core Ratio Limit Override [34]
Energy Efficient Turbo <Enabled>

(press ESC)

CPU VR Settings (Enter to expand)

PSYS Slope [0]


PSYS Offset [0]
PSYS PMax Power [0]
Acoustic Noise Settings (Enter to expand)

Acoustic Noise Mitigation <Disabled>

IA VR Domain
Disable Fast PKG C State Ramp for IA <False>
Domain
Slow Slew Rate for IA Domain <Fast/2>

GT VR Domain
Disable Fast PKG C State Ramp for GT <False>
Domain
Slow Slew Rate for GT Domain <Fast/2>

SA VR Domain
Disable Fast PKG C State Ramp for SA <False>
Domain
Slow Slew Rate for SA Domain <Fast/2>

(press ESC)

Core/IA VR Settings (Enter to expand)

VR Config Enable <Enabled>


AC Loadline [0]
DC Loadline [0]
PS Current Threshold1 [0]
PS Current Threshold2 [0]
PS Current Threshold3 [0]
PS3 Enable <Enabled>
PS4 Enable <Enabled>
IMON Slope [0]
IMON Offset [0]
IMON Prefix <+>
VR Current Limit [0]
VR Voltage Limit [0]
TDC Enable <Enabled>
TDC Current Limit [0]
TDC Time Window <1 ms>
TDC Lock <Disabled>

(press ESC)

VR Mailbox Command options [0]


Intersil VR Command <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Platform PL1 Enable <Disabled>


Platform PL2 Enable <Disabled>
Power Limit 4 Override <Disabled>
C states <Enabled>
Enhanced C-states <Enabled>
C-State Auto Demotion <C1 and C3>
C-State Un-demotion <C1 and C3>
Package C-State Demotion <Auto>
Package C-State Un-demotion <Auto>
CState Pre-Wake <Enabled>
IO MWAIT Redirection <Disabled>
Package C State Limit <Auto>
C3 Latency Control (MSR 0x60A)
Time Unit <1024 ns>
Latency [78]
C6/C7 Short Latency Control (MSR 0x60B)
Time Unit <1024 ns>
Latency [118]
C6/C7 Long Latency Control (MSR 0x60C)

186 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Time Unit <1024 ns>


Latency [148]
Thermal Monitor <Enabled>
Interrupt Redirection Mode Selection <PAIR with Fixed Priority>
Timed MWAIT <Disabled>
Custom P-state Table (Enter to expand)

Number of P states [0]

(press ESC)

Energy Performance Gain <Disabled>


EPG DIMM Idd3N [26]
EPG DIMM Idd3P [11]
Power Limit 3 Settings (Enter to expand)

Power Limit 3 Override <Disabled>

(press ESC)

CPU Lock Configuration (Enter to expand)

CPG Lock <Enabled>


Overclocking Lock <Disabled>

(press ESC twice)

GT - Power Management Control (Enter to expand)

RC6(Render Standby) <Enabled>


Maximum GT frequency <Default Max Frequency>

(press ESC twice)

OverClocking Performance Menu (Enter to expand)

OverClocking Feature <Disabled>


WDT Enable <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Memory Configuration (Enter to expand)

Memory Thermal Configuration (Enter to expand)

Memory Power and Thermal Throttling (Enter to expand)

DDR PowerDown and idle counter <BIOS>


For LPDDR Only: DDR PowerDown and idle <BIOS>
counter
REFRESH_2X_MODE <Disabled>
LPDDR Thermal Sensor <Enabled>
SelfRefresh Enable <Enabled>
SelfRefresh IdleTimer [512]
Throttler CKEMin Defeature <Disabled>
Throttler CKEMin Timer [48]
Dram Power Meter (Enter to expand)

Use user provided power weights, scale <Disabled>


factor, and channel power floor values
Energy Scale Factor [4]

Idle Energy Ch0Dimm0 [10]


PowerDown Energy Ch0Dimm0 [6]
Activate Energy Ch0Dimm0 [172]
Read Energy Ch0Dimm0 [212]
Write Energy Ch0Dimm0 [221]

Idle Energy Ch0Dimm1 [10]


PowerDown Energy Ch0Dimm1 [6]
Activate Energy Ch0Dimm1 [172]
Read Energy Ch0Dimm1 [212]
Write Energy Ch0Dimm1 [221]

Idle Energy Ch1Dimm0 [10]


PowerDown Energy Ch1Dimm0 [6]
Activate Energy Ch1Dimm0 [172]
Read Energy Ch1Dimm0 [212]
Write Energy Ch1Dimm0 [221]

Idle Energy Ch1Dimm1 [10]


PowerDown Energy Ch1Dimm1 [6]

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 187


Level 02a

Activate Energy Ch1Dimm1 [172]


Read Energy Ch1Dimm1 [212]
Write Energy Ch1Dimm1 [221]

(press ESC)

Memory Thermal Reporting (Enter to expand)

Lock Thermal Management Registers <Enabled>

Memory Thermal Reporting

Extern Therm Status <Disabled>


Closed Loop Therm Manage <Disabled>
Open Loop Therm Manage <Disabled>

Thermal Threshold Settings

Warm Threshold Ch0 Dimm0 [255]


Warm Threshold Ch0 Dimm1 [255]
Hot Threshold Ch0 Dimm0 [255]
Hot Threshold Ch0 Dimm1 [255]
Warm Threshold Ch1 Dimm0 [255]
Warm Threshold Ch1 Dimm1 [255]
Hot Threshold Ch1 Dimm0 [255]
Hot Threshold Ch1 Dimm1 [255]

Thermal Throttle Budget Settings

Warm Budget Ch0 Dimm0 [255]


Warm Budget Ch0 Dimm1 [255]
Hot Budget Ch0 Dimm0 [255]
Hot Budget Ch0 Dimm1 [255]
Warm Budget Ch1 Dimm0 [255]
Warm Budget Ch1 Dimm1 [255]
Hot Budget Ch1 Dimm0 [255]
Hot Budget Ch1 Dimm1 [255]

(press ESC)

Memory RAPL (Enter to expand)

Rapl Power Floor Ch0 [0]


Rapl Power Floor Ch1 [0]

RAPL PL Lock <Disabled>


RAPL PL 1 enable <Disabled>
RAPL PL 1 Power [0]
RAPL PL 1 WindowX [0]
RAPL PL 1 WindowY [0]

RAPL PL 2 enable <Disabled>


RAPL PL 2 Power [222]
RAPL PL 2 WindowX [1]
RAPL PL 2 WindowY [10]

(press ESC twice)

Memory Thermal Management <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Memory Training Algorithms (Enter to expand)

Early Command Training <Disabled>


SenseAmp Offset Training <Enabled>
Early ReadMPR Timing Centering 2D <Enabled>
Read MPR Training <Enabled>
Receive Enable Training <Enabled>
Jedec Write Levelling <Enabled>
Early Write Time Centering 2D <Enabled>
Early Write Drive Strength/Equalization <Enabled>
Early Read Time Centering 2D <Enabled>
Write Timing Centering 1D <Enabled>
Write Voltage Centering 1D <Enabled>
Read Timing Centering 1D <Enabled>
Dimm ODT Training* <Enabled>
Max RTT_WR <ODT Off>
DIMM RON Training* <Enabled>
Write Drive Strength/Equalization 2D* <Disabled>
Write Slew Rate Training* <Enabled>
Read ODT Training* <Enabled>

188 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Read Equalization Training* <Enabled>


Read Amplifier Training* <Enabled>
Write Timing Centering 2D <Enabled>
Read Timing Centering 2D <Enabled>
Command Voltage Centering <Enabled>
Write Voltage Centering 2D <Enabled>
Read Voltage Centering 2D <Enabled>
Late Command Training <Enabled>
Round Trip Latency <Enabled>
Turn Around Timing Training <Enabled>
Rank Margin Tool <Disabled>
Memory Test <Disabled>
DIMM SPD Alias Test <Enabled>
Receive Enable Centering 1D <Enabled>
Retrain Margin Check <Enabled>
Write Drive Strength Up/Dn independently<Disabled>
CMD Slew Rate Training <Enabled>
CMD Drive Strength / Tx Equalization <Enabled>
CMD Normalization <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Memory Configuration

Memory RC Version 2.0.0.6


Memory Frequency 2133 MHz
Memory Timings (tCL-tRCD-tRP-tRAS) 15-15-15-35

Channel 0 Slot 0 Populated & Enabled


Size 16384 MB (DDR4)
Number of Ranks 2
Manufacturer Samsung {varies}
Channel 0 Slot 1 Populated & Enabled
Size 16384 MB (DDR4)
Number of Ranks 2
Manufacturer Samsung {varies}
Channel 1 Slot 0 Populated & Enabled
Size 16384 MB (DDR4)
Number of Ranks 2
Manufacturer Samsung {varies}
Channel 1 Slot 1 Populated & Enabled
Size 16384 MB (DDR4)
Number of Ranks 2
Manufacturer Samsung {varies}

Memory ratio/reference clock options moved to Overclock->Memory->Custom Profile menu


MRC ULT Safe Config <Disabled>
Maximum Memory Frequency <Auto>
HOB Buffer Size <Auto>
ECC Support <Enabled>
Max TOLUD <Dynamic>
SA GV <Enabled>
SA GV Low Freq <MRC default>
Retrain on Fast Fail <Enabled>
Command Tristate <Enabled>
Enable RH Prevention <Enabled>
Row Hammer Solution <Hardware RHP>
RH Activation Probability <1/2^11>
Exit On Failure (MRC) <Enabled>
MC Lock <Enabled>
Probless Trace <Disabled>
Enable/Disable IED (Intel Enhanced Debug)<Disabled>
Ch Hash Support <Enabled>
Ch Hash Mask [0]
Ch Hash Interleaved Bit <BIT8>
VC1 Read Metering <Enabled>
VC1 RdMeter Time Window [800]
VC1 RdMeter Threshold [280]
Strong Weak Leaker [7]
Memory Scrambler <Enabled>
Force ColdReset <Disabled>
Channel A DIMM Control <Enable both DIMMs>
Channel B DIMM Control <Enable both DIMMs>
Force Single Rank <Disabled>
Memory Remap <Enabled>
Time Measure <Disabled>
Lpddr Mem WL Set <Set B>
EV Loader <Disabled>
EV Loader Delay <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 189


Level 02a

System Agent (SA) Configuration (Enter to expand)

SA PCIe Code Version 3.1.2.0


VT-d Supported

Graphics Configuration (Enter to expand)

Skip Scaning of External Gfx Card <Disabled>

Primary Display <Auto>


Internal Graphics <Auto>
GTT Size <8MB>
Aperture Size <256MB>
DVMT Pre-Allocated <32M>
DVMT Total Gfx Mem <256M>
Intel Graphics Pei Display Peim <Disabled>
PM Support <Enabled>
PAVP Enable <Enabled>
Cdynmax Clamping Enable <Enabled>
Cd Clock Frequency <675 Mhz>
IUER Button Enable <Disabled>

(press ESC)

DMI/OPI Configuration (Enter to expand)

DMI X4 Gen3

DMI Max Link Speed <Auto>


DMI Gen3 Eq Phase 2 <Auto>
DMI Gen3 Eq Phase 3 Method <Auto>
DMI Vc1 Control <Disabled>
DMI Vcm Control <Enabled>
Program Static Phase1 Eq <Enabled>
Gen3 Root Port Preset value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [4]
Lane 1 [4]
Lane 2 [4]
Lane 3 [4]

(press ESC)

Gen3 Endpoint Preset value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [7]
Lane 1 [7]
Lane 2 [7]
Lane 3 [7]

(press ESC)

Gen3 Endpoint Hint value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [2]
Lane 1 [2]
Lane 2 [2]
Lane 3 [2]

(press ESC)

Gen3 RxCTLE Control (Enter to expand)

Bundle0 [3]
Bundle1 [3]

(press ESC)

DMI Link ASPM Control <L1>


DMI Extended Sync Control <Disabled>
DMI De-emphasis Control <-3.5 dB>
DMI IOT <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PEG Port Configuration (Enter to expand)

PEG 0:1:0 Not Present


Enable Root Port <Auto>
Max Link Speed <Auto>
PEG0 Slot Power Limit Value [75]
PEG0 Slot Power Limit Scale <1.0x>

190 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

PEG0 Physical Slot Number [1]


PEG 0:1:1 x4 Gen2
Enable Root Port <Auto>
Max Link Speed <Auto>
Max Link Width <Auto>
Power Down Unused Lanes <Auto>
Gen3 Eq Phase 2 <Auto>
Gen3 Eq Phase 3 Method <Auto>
ASPM <Auto>
De-emphasis Control <-3.5 dB>
OBFF <Enabled>
LTR <Enabled>
PEG1 Slot Power Limit Value [75]
PEG1 Slot Power Limit Scale <1.0x>
PEG1 Physical Slot Number [2]
Max Link Width <Auto>
Power Down Unused Lanes <Auto>
Gen3 Eq Phase 2 <Auto>
Gen3 Eq Phase 3 Method <Auto>
ASPM <Auto>
De-emphasis Control <-3.5 dB>
OBFF <Enabled>
LTR <Enabled>
PEG2 Slot Power Limit Value [75]
PEG2 Slot Power Limit Scale <1.0x>
PEG2 Physical Slot Number [3]
PEG1 Max Payload size <Auto>
PEG2 Max Payload size <Auto>

Program PCIe ASPM after OpROM <Disabled>


Program Static Phase1 Eq <Enabled>
Gen3 Root Port Preset value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [7]
Lane 1 [7]
Lane 2 [7]
Lane 3 [7]
Lane 4 [7]
Lane 5 [7]
Lane 6 [7]
Lane 7 [7]
Lane 8 [7]
Lane 9 [7]
Lane 10 [7]
Lane 11 [7]
Lane 12 [7]
Lane 13 [7]
Lane 14 [7]
Lane 15 [7]

(press ESC)

Gen3 Endpoint Preset value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [7]
Lane 1 [7]
Lane 2 [7]
Lane 3 [7]
Lane 4 [7]
Lane 5 [7]
Lane 6 [7]
Lane 7 [7]
Lane 8 [7]
Lane 9 [7]
Lane 10 [7]
Lane 11 [7]
Lane 12 [7]
Lane 13 [7]
Lane 14 [7]
Lane 15 [7]

(press ESC)

Gen3 Endpoint Hint value for each Lane (Enter to expand)

Lane 0 [2]
Lane 1 [2]
Lane 2 [2]
Lane 3 [2]
Lane 4 [2]
Lane 5 [2]
Lane 6 [2]

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 191


Level 02a

Lane 7 [2]
Lane 8 [2]
Lane 9 [2]
Lane 10 [2]
Lane 11 [2]
Lane 12 [2]
Lane 13 [2]
Lane 14 [2]
Lane 15 [2]

(press ESC)

Gen3 RxCTLE Control (Enter to expand)

Bundle0 [0]
Bundle1 [0]
Bundle2 [0]
Bundle3 [0]
Bundle4 [0]
Bundle5 [0]
Bundle6 [0]
Bundle7 [0]
RxCTLE Override <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Gen3 Adaptive Software Equalization


Always Attempt SW EQ <Disabled>
Number of Presets to test <Auto>
Allow PERST# GPIO Usage <Enabled>
SW EQ Enable VOC <Auto>
Jitter Dwell Time [3000]
Jitter Error Target [2]
VOC Dwell Time [10000]
VOC Error Target [2]
Generate BDAT PEG Margin Data <Disabled>
PCIe Rx CEM Test Mode <Disabled>
PCIe Spread Spectrum Clocking <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Stop Grant Configuration <Auto>


VT-d <Enabled>
CHAP Device (B0:D7:F0) <Disabled>
Thermal Device (B0:D4:F0) <Disabled>
GMM Device (B0:D8:F0) <Enabled>
CRID Support <Disabled>
Above 4GB MMIO BIOS assignment <Disabled>
X2APIC Opt Out <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PCH-IO Configuration (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Configuration (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Clock Gating <Enabled>


Legacy IO Low Latency <Disabled>
DMI Link ASPM Control <Enabled>
PCIE Port assigned to LAN Disabled
Port8xh Decode <Disabled>
Peer Memory Write Enable <Disabled>
Compliance Test Mode <Disabled>
PCIe-USB Glitch W/A <Disabled>
PCIe function swap <Enabled>
PCI Express Gen3 Eq Lanes (Enter to expand)

PCIE1 Cm [6]
PCIE1 Cp [2]
PCIE2 Cm [6]
PCIE2 Cp [2]
PCIE3 Cm [6]
PCIE3 Cp [2]
PCIE4 Cm [6]
PCIE4 Cp [2]
PCIE5 Cm [6]
PCIE5 Cp [2]
PCIE6 Cm [6]
PCIE6 Cp [2]
PCIE7 Cm [6]
PCIE7 Cp [2]
PCIE8 Cm [6]

192 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

PCIE8 Cp [2]
PCIE9 Cm [6]
PCIE9 Cp [2]
PCIE10 Cm [6]
PCIE10 Cp [2]
PCIE11 Cm [6]
PCIE11 Cp [2]
PCIE12 Cm [6]
PCIE12 Cp [2]
PCIE13 Cm [6]
PCIE13 Cp [2]
PCIE14 Cm [6]
PCIE14 Cp [2]
PCIE15 Cm [6]
PCIE15 Cp [2]
PCIE16 Cm [6]
PCIE16 Cp [2]
PCIE17 Cm [6]
PCIE17 Cp [2]
PCIE18 Cm [6]
PCIE18 Cp [2]
PCIE19 Cm [6]
PCIE19 Cp [2]
PCIE20 Cm [6]
PCIE20 Cp [2]

Override SW EQ settings <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 1 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 1 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE1 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE1 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE1 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 5 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 5 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 193


Level 02a

FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE5 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE5 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE5 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 6 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 6 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE6 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE6 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE6 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 7 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 7 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>

194 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [7]
Reserved Memory [17]
Reserved I/O [16]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE7 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE7 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE7 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 8 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 8 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [7]
Reserved Memory [17]
Reserved I/O [8]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE8 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE8 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE8 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 9 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 9 <Enabled>


Topology <M2>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 195


Level 02a

FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE9 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE9 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE9 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 10 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 10 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE10 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE10 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE10 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 11 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 11 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>

196 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE11 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE11 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE11 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 12 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 12 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE12 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE12 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE12 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 13 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 13 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 197


Level 02a

FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE13 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE13 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE13 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 17 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 17 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE17 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE17 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE17 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 21 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 21 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>

198 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE21 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE21 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE20 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 22 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 22 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE22 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE22 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE20 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 23 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 23 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 199


Level 02a

FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE23 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE23 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE20 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC)

PCI Express Root Port 24 (Enter to expand)

PCI Express Root Port 24 <Enabled>


Topology <Unknown>
ASPM <Auto>
L1 Substrates <L1.1 & L1.2>
Gen3 Eq Phase3 Method <Software Search>
UPTP [5]
DPTP [7]
ACS <Enabled>
URR <Disabled>
FER <Disabled>
NFER <Disabled>
CER <Disabled>
CTO <Disabled>
SEFE <Disabled>
SENFE <Disabled>
SECE <Disabled>
PME SCI <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Advanced Error Reporting <Enabled>
PCIe Speed <Auto>
Transmitter Half Swing <Disabled>
Detect Timeout [0]
Extra Bus Reserved [0]
Reserved Memory [10]
Reserved I/O [4]

PCH PCIe LTR Configuration


PCH PCIE24 LTR <Enabled>
Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Non Snoop Latency Override <Auto>
Force LTR Override <Disabled>

PCIE24 LTR Lock <Disabled>

PCH PCIe CLKREQ# Configuration


PCIE20 CLKREQ Mapping Override <Default>

(press ESC twice)

SATA and RST Configuration (Enter to expand)

SATA Controller(s) <Enabled>


SATA Mode Selection <AHCI>
SATA Test Mode <Disabled>
Software Feature Mask Configuration (Enter to expand)

HDD Unlock <Enabled>


LED Locate <Enabled>

(press ESC)

200 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Aggressive LPM Support <Enabled>

Serial ATA Port 0 ST2000NM0008-2 (4000.7GB)


Software Preserve SUPPORTED
Port 0 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Flex>
SATA Port 0 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 1 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 1 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Direct Connect>
SATA Port 1 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 2 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 2 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 3 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 3 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 4 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 4 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 5 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <M2>
SATA Port 5 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 6 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 201


Level 02a

Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 6 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]
Serial ATA Port 7 Empty
Software Preserve Unknown
Port 2 <Enabled>
Hot Plug <Disabled>
Configured as eSATA Hot Plug supported
Spin Up Device <Disabled>
SATA Device Type <Hard Disk Drive>
Topology <Unknown>
SATA Port 7 DevSlp <Disabled>
DITO Configuration <Disabled>
DITO Value [625]
DM Value [15]

(press ESC)

USB Configuration (Enter to expand)

XHCI Disable Compliance Mode <False>

xDCI Support <Disabled>

USB Port Disable Override <Disable>

(press ESC)

Security Configuration (Enter to expand)

RTC Lock <Enabled>


BIOS Lock <Enabled>

(press ESC)

SerialIo Configuration (Enter to expand)

I2C0 Controller <Enabled>


I2C1 Controller <Enabled>
I2C2 Controller <Disabled>
I2C3 Controller <Disabled>
SPI0 Controller <Disabled>
SPI1 Controller <Disabled>
UART0 Controller <Enabled>
UART1 Controller <Disabled>
UART2 Controller <for debug only>
GPIO Controller <Enabled>

Serial IO I2C0 Settings (Enter to expand)

I2C IO Voltage Select <3.3V>

Connected device <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Serial IO I2C1 Settings (Enter to expand)

I2C IO Voltage Select <3.3V>

Connected device <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Serial IO UART0 Settings (Enter to expand)

Bluetooth Device <Disabled>


Wireless Charging Mode <WC Disabled>
Hardware Flow Control <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Serial IO GPIO Settings (Enter to expand)

GPIO IRQ Route <IRQ14>

(press ESC)

WITT/MITT Test Device <Disabled>


UART Test Device <Disabled>

202 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Additional Serial IO devices [ ]


SerialIO timing parameters (Enter to expand)

SerialIO timing parameters [ ]

(press ESC)

UCSI/UCMC device <Disabled>

(press ESC)

TraceHub Configuration Menu (Enter to expand)

TraceHub Enable Mode <Disable>


MemRegion 0 Buffer Size <1MB>
MemRegion 1 Buffer Size <1MB>

(press ESC)

Pch Thermal Throttling Control (Enter to expand)

Thermal Throttling Level <Suggested Setting>


DMI Thermal Setting <Suggested Setting>
SATA Thermal Setting <Suggested Setting>

(press ESC)

DCI enable (HDCIEN) <Disabled>


Debug Port Selection <Legacy UART>
GNSS <Disabled>
PCH LAN Controller No GbE Region
DeepSx Power Policies <Disabled>
LAN Wake From DeepSx <Enabled>
Wake on WLAN and BT Enable <Disabled>
Disable DSX ACPRESENT PullDown <Disabled>
CLKRUN# logic <Enabled>
Serial IRQ Mode <Quiet>
Port 61h Bit-4 Emulation <Enabled>
State After G3 <S0 State>
Port 80h Redirection <LPC Bus>
Enhance Port 80h LPC Decoding <Enabled>
Compatible Revision ID <Disabled>
PCH Cross Throttling <Enabled>
Disable Energy Reporting <False>
Enable TCO Timer <Disabled>
Pcie PII SSC <Auto>
IOAPIC 24-119 Entries <Enabled>
Unlock PCH P2SB <Disabled>
Flash Protection Range Registers (FPRR) <Enabled>
SPD Write Disable <True>
ChipsetInit HECI Message [X]
Bypass ChipsetInit sync reset <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PCH-FW Configuration (Enter to expand)

ME Firmware Version 0.0.0.0


ME Firmware Mode ME Failed
ME Firmware SKU Unidentified
ME File System Integrity Value 0
ME Firmware Status 1 0x000F0345
ME Firmware Status 2 0x8A116006
NFC Support Disabled

ME State <Enabled>
Comms Hub Support <Disabled>
JHI Support <Disabled>
Core Bios Done Message <Enabled>

Firmware Update Configuration (Enter to expand)

Me FW Image Re-Flash <Disabled>

(press ESC)

PTT Configuration (Enter to expand)

PTT Capability / State 0 / 0

PTP aware OS <PTP Aware>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 203


Level 02a

(press ESC)

ME Debug Configuration (Enter to expand)

HECI Timeouts [X]

Force ME DID Init Status <Disabled>


CPU Replaced Polling Disable <Disabled>
ME DID Message <Enabled>
HECI Retry Disable <Disabled>
HECI Message check Disable <Disabled>
MBP HOB Skip <Disabled>
HECI2 Interface Communication [ ]
KT Device [X]
IDER Device [X]
End Of Post Message <Send in DXE>
DOI3 Setting for HECI Disable <Disabled>

(press ESC twice)

Thermal Configuration (Enter to expand)

CPU Thermal Configuration (Enter to expand)

DTS SMM <Disabled>


Tcc Activation Offset [0]
Tcc Offset Time Window <Disabled>
Tcc Offset Clamp Enable <Disabled>
Tcc Offset Lock Enable <Disabled>
Bi-directional PROCHOT# <Enabled>
Disable PROCHOT# Output <Enabled>
Disable VR Thermal Alert <Disabled>
PROCHOT Response <Disabled>
PROCHOT Lock <Disabled>
ACPI T-States [ ]
PECI Reset <Disabled>
PECI C10 Reset <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Platform Thermal Configuration (Enter to expand)

Automatic Thermal Reporting <Disabled>


Critical Trip Point <119C (POR)>
Active Trip Point 0 <71 C>
Active Trip Point 0 Fan Speed [100]
Active Trip Point 1 <55 C>
Active Trip Point 1 Fan Speed [75]
Passive Trip Point <95 C>
Passive TC1 Value [1]
Passive TC2 Value [5]
Passive TSP Value [10]

Active Trip Points <Enabled>


Passive Trip Points <Disabled>
Critical Trip Points <Enabled>

PCH Thermal Device <Enabled in PCI mode>


PCH Temp Read [X]
CPU Energy Read [X]
CPU Temp Read [X]
Alert Enable Lock <Disabled>
CPU Temp [0]
CPU Fan Speed [65]

(press ESC)

DPTF Configuration (Enter to expand)

(press ESC)

Hardware Health Monitor (Enter to expand)

Thermal Sensor 1 Temp <0 C>


Thermal Sensor 2 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 3 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 4 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 5 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 6 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 7 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Sensor 8 Temp <0 C>
Thermal Thermistor 1 Temp <0 raw>

204 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Thermal Thermistor 2 Temp <0 raw>


Thermal Thermistor 3 Temp <0 raw>
Thermal Thermistor 4 Temp <0 raw>
Thermal Thermistor 5 Temp <0 raw>
Thermal Thermistor 6 Temp <0 raw>
CPU Fan Speed <0 rpm>
PCH DTS Temp from PCH <0 C>

(press ESC twice)

Platform Settings (Enter to expand)

UCSI Retry Workaround <Disabled>


PS2 Keyboard and Mouse <Enabled>

(press ESC)

RTD3 settings (Enter to expand)

RTD3 Support <Enabled>

VR Staggering delay [16]


VR Ramp up delay [16]
PCIE Slot 5 Device Power-on delay in ms [100]
PCIE Slot 5 Device Power-off dealy in ms[10]
Audio Delay [200]
I2C0 Controller [0]
SensorHub [68]
I2C1 Controller [0]
TouchPad [68]
TouchPanel [68]
P-state Capping <Disabled>
USB Port 1 <Disabled>
USB Port 2 <Disabled>
I2C0 Sensor Hub <Enabled>
WWAN <Enabled>
Sata Port 1 <Disabled>
Sata Port 2 <Disabled>
RST Raid Volumes <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Thunderbolt Device (Enter to expand)

Thunderbolt(TM) Support <Disabled>


Thunderbolt(TM) PCIe Support <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Server ME Configuration (Enter to expand)

Operational Firmware Version 4.1.4.54


Backup Firmware Version 0.0.0.0
Recovery Firmware Version 4.1.4.54
Server ME SKU Silicon Enabling
ME Firmware Status #1 0x000F0345
ME Firmware Status #2 0x8A116006
Current State Operational
Error Code No Error

(press ESC)

Intel ICC (Enter to expand)

ICC/OC Watchdog Timer <Disabled>


ICC Locks after EOP <Default>
ICC Profile [0]

(press ESC)

SIO AST2400 (Enter to expand)

Serial Port A <AUTO>

(press ESC)

Trenton Systems (Enter to expand)

BIOS Info:
Platform BIOS_MBC8272
Version Main.001.012
State release

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 205


Level 02a

SMBIOS OEM Strings:


Trenton BIOS version: BIOS_MBC8272.Main.001.012.release
Insyde BIOS version: KabyLake.05.12.09.0049
Trenton Notes: Mainline

SPI OEM Contents:


SPI SYSFLASH_MBC8272.Main.001.006
BIOS BIOS_MBC8272.Main.001.004.release
ME SPS_E3_04.01.04.054.0

(press ESC)

Ipmi Sensor Control (Enter to expand)

Per-Sensor Enables
FAN1 Enable <Disabled>
FAN2 Enable <Enabled>
FAN3 Enable <Enabled>
FAN4 Enable <Enabled>
FAN5 Enable <Disabled>

(press ESC)

H2O IPMI Configuration (Enter to expand)

IPMI Support <Enabled>

System Interface Type KCS


IPMI Base Address for OS CA2/CA3
IPMI Base Address for POST CA2/CA3
IPMI Base Address for SMM CA2/CA3

BMC Status OK
BMC Firmware Version 3.03
IPMI Specification Version 2.0
BMC MAC Address 00:10:6F:23:73:B4 {varies}

BMC Warmup Time [240]


ACPI SPMI Table <Enabled>
Boot Option Support <Disabled>
Set BIOS version to BMC <Disabled>

BMC Configuration (Enter to expand)

Watchdog Timer Support <Disabled>


Watchdog Timer Timeout [5]
Watchdog Timer Action <Hard Reset>

Power Cycle Time Support <Disabled>


Power Cycle Time [10]

Power Button <Enabled>


Reset Button <Enabled>
NMI Button <Enabled>

Lan Port Configuration <Dedicated>

LAN Channel Number [1]


IPv4 Source <DHCP> {varies}
IPv4 IP Address 9.60.15.239 {varies}
IPv4 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 {varies}
IPv4 Gateway Address 9.60.15.254 {varies}

IPv6 Mode <Disabled>


IPv6 AutoConfig <Enabled>
IPv6 Prefix Length [0]
IPv6 IP Address 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
IPv6 Gateway Address 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0

(press ESC)

SDR List (Enter to expand)

SDR List Support <Disabled>

(press ESC)

Execute H2O IPMI Utility

LOAD IPMI OPTIMAL DEFAULT

206 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

(press ESC)

Console Redirection (Enter to expand)

Console Serial Redirect <Enabled>


Terminal Type <VT_100>
Baud Rate <115200>
Data Bits <8 Bits>
Parity <None>
Stop Bits <1 Bit>
Flow Control <None>
Information Wait Time < 5 Second>
C.R. After Post <Yes>
Text Mode Resolution <AUTO>
AutoRefresh <Enabled>
FailSafeBaudRate <Disabled>
COMA (Enter to expand)

PortEnable <Enabled>
UseGlobalSetting <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Enable VT-100, 115200, N81

(press ESC)

H2oUve Configuration (Enter to expand)

H2OUVE Support <Enabled>

(press ESC)

Diagnostics and System Tester (Enter to expand)

H2ODST Tool

(press ESC)

[Security Tab]

Current TPM Device <TPM 2.0 (DTPM)>


TPM State All Hierarchies Enabled, UnOwned {varies}
TPM Active PCR Hash Algorithm SHA1, SHA256
TPM Hardware Supported Hash Algorithm SHA1, SHA256
TrEE Protocol Version <1.1>
TPM Availability <Available>
TPM Operation <No Operation>
Clear TPM [ ]

Supervisor Password Not Installed


User Password Not Installed

Set Supervisor Password


Set User Password
Set All Hdd Password
Set All Master Hdd Password

Storage Password Setup Page (Enter to expand)

ST2000NM0008-2F3100 (Enter to expand)

Device Name: [ST2000NM0008-2F3100]

Security Mode: No Accessed

Set Storage Password


Set Master Hdd Password

(press ESC twice)

[Power Tab]

ACPI S3 <Enabled>
Wake on PME <Enabled>
Wake on Modem Ring <Disabled>
Auto Wake on S5 <Disabled>
S5 long run test <Disabled>

[Boot Tab]

Boot Type <UEFI Boot Type>

Appendix B. 2461 configuration 207


Level 02a

Quick Boot <Enabled>


Quiet Boot <Enabled>
Network Stack <Enabled>
PXE Boot capability <UEFI:IPv4>
Power Up In Standby Support <Disabled>
Add Boot Options <Auto>
ACPI Selection <Acpi5.0>
USB Boot <Enabled>
EFI Device First <Enabled>
UEFI OS Fast Boot <Enabled>
USB Hot Key Support <Disabled>
Timeout [10]
Automatic Failover <Enabled>

EFI (Enter to expand)

BOOT_EMBEDDED (ST2000NM0008-2F3100) {This list will vary}


EFI Hard Drive (ST2000NM0008-23F3100)
EFI Network LAN8 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-B3)
EFI Network LAN7 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-B2)
EFI Network LAN6 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-B1)
EFI Network LAN5 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-B0)
EFI Network LAN4 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-AF)
EFI Network LAN3 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-AE)
EFI Network LAN2 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-AD)
EFI Network LAN1 for IPv4 (00-10-6F-23-73-AC)
Internal EFI Shell

(press ESC)

Per-port boot filer (Enter to expand)

Rear Port1 Enable <Enabled>


Rear Port2 Enable <Enabled>
Rear Port3 Enable <Enabled>
Rear Port4 Enable <Enabled>
Rear Port5 Enable <Enabled>
Rear Port6 Enable <Enabled>
Front Port1 Enable <Enabled>
Front Port2 Enable <Enabled>

(press ESC)

[Exit Tab]

Exit Saving Changes


Save Change Without Exit
Exit Discarding Changes
Load Optimal Defaults
Load Custom Defaults
Save Custom Defaults
Discard Changes

(end of BIOS Setup values)

END OF PROCEDURE

208 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Appendix C. Operating the compact KMM console unit


(keyboard/display)

The console unit (keyboard/display) includes a number of controls for launching, navigating, and
managing the on-screen display (OSD).

Launching and navigating the on-screen display (OSD)


The on-screen display (OSD) provides access to the OSD menus, which can be used for displaying and
managing settings and functions. To launch the on-screen display and navigate its menus, do the
following.
__ 1. Press the OSD activation button, which is located on the compact keyboard/monitor/mouse
(compact KMM), just above the keyboard. The main menu is displayed on the screen.

__ 2. To locate a menu item, scroll up or down by pressing the OSD scroll up or down button, which are
located on the compact keyboard/monitor/mouse (compact KMM) keyboard. The scroll up and
down buttons are also used to adjust or change a function setting.
__ 3. To select a submenu or a function, scroll to that item and press the OSD activation button. A
second level of menus is displayed.
To exit the OSD menu, do the following.
1. Press the scroll down button and locate the Exit function.
2. Press the OSD activation button to select the Exit function (and exit the OSD).

Understanding the on-screen display (OSD) sub-menus


The OSD menu provides sub-menus for the following settings and functions.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 209


Level 02a

Auto configuration
Use the Auto configuration option to perform the following functions automatically:
Auto Level
Automatically adjusts the black and white levels of the screen.
Auto Position
Automatically adjusts the position of the screen.
Auto Phase
Automatically adjusts the phase.
Auto Clock
Automatically adjusts the output clock per line to match the input.

Brightness/Contrast
The Brightness/Contrast menu contains the following sub-options:
Brightness
Displays a slider bar for enabling the adjustment of the back light brightness.
Contrast
Displays a slider bar for enabling the adjustment of the screen contrast. Contrast adjustments are
more discernible when the background is white.
Exit
Allows you to exit the Brightness/Contrast menu.

Image Control
The Image Control option contains the following sub-options:
Display Resolution Mode
Fill
Stretches the image to the full viewing area.
Aspect
Proportional relationship between width and height.
1:1
Displays the image in 1:1 (actual size) format.
Current mode
Uses settings that are determined by the current operating system.
Recommended mode
Supports maximum resolution.
Horizontal position
Displays a slider bar for enabling the adjustment of the screen's horizontal position.
The center of the bar is obtained from the factory-preset value for this option. At value=MIN, the
selection of + positioning response might vary between XGA (Extended Graphics Array) and FHD (Full
High Definition) panels. This is caused by physical limitations at MIN OSD placement.
Vertical position
Displays a slider bar for enabling the adjustment of the screen's vertical position. The center of the bar
is obtained from the factory-preset value for this option.
Clock
Displays a slider bar for enabling the adjustment of the horizontal clocks.
Phase
Displays a slider bar for enabling the adjustment of the analog signals phase. DisplayPort is
automatically displayed on the KVM console.

210 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Input control
Use the Input control option to manually select graphics from one of the two sources. The following
options are available from the Input control menu:
• VGA
• DP (DisplayPort)
• Exit
Note: DisplayPort has priority over VGA. So, if DisplayPort is hot plugged when VGA is running,
DisplayPort takes priority and graphics from DisplayPort are automatically displayed on the console unit
screen.

Advanced
The Advanced option contains the following sub-options:
OSD settings
Lock OSD settings
Locks or unlocks OSD settings. Specify yes or no.
Timeout
Displays a slider that enables you to adjust the OSD timeout value. The timeout ranges from 5 and
60 seconds, with one-second intervals. The default timeout is 10 seconds.
Vertical position
Displays a slider that enables you to move the OSD window up or down on the screen.
Horizontal position
Displays a slider that enables you to move the OSD window left or right on the screen.
Exit
Allows you to exit the Advanced menu.

Factory settings
Use the Factory settings option to reset the console unit options to their original factory settings. You can
specify either of the following values:
• Yes
• No

Language
Use the Language option to specify the language in which the menu options are displayed. The following
languages can be specified:
• English
• Japanese
• Spanish
• French
• German
• Simple Chinese

Information
Use the Information option to obtain information about the following topics:
• Current or recommended solutions
• Console description
– Console part number

Appendix C. Operating the compact KMM console unit (keyboard/display) 211


Level 02a

– Console serial number


– Console UUID (universally unique identifier)
– Exit
• Software version
• Exit

212 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Appendix D. Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the US.
IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries.
Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in
your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only
that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or
service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the
user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this
document. The furnishing of this document does not grant you any license to these patents. You can send
license inquiries, in writing, to:

IBM Director of Licensing


IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive, MD-NC119
Armonk, NY 10504-1785
US

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS"


WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in
certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically
made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication.
IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this
publication at any time without notice.
Any references in this information to non-IBM websites are provided for convenience only and do not in
any manner serve as an endorsement of those websites. The materials at those websites are not part of
the materials for this IBM product and use of those websites is at your own risk.
IBM may use or distribute any of the information you provide in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.
Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their
published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and
cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM
products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of
those products.
Statements regarding IBM's future direction or intent are subject to change or withdrawal without notice,
and represent goals and objectives only.
This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate
them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and
products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to actual people or business enterprise is
entirely coincidental.

Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com® are trademarks of International Business Machines Corp., registered in
many jurisdictions worldwide. Other product and service names might be trademarks of IBM or other

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2018, 2019 213


Level 02a

companies. A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the web at "Copyright and trademark
information" at http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the
United States and other countries.
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.
Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or
both.
Other product and service names might be trademarks of IBM or other companies.

Class A Notices
The following Class A statements apply to this IBM product. The statement for other IBM products
intended for use with this product will appear in their accompanying manuals.

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Statement


Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this
equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission
limits. IBM is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than
recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment.
Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Industry Canada Compliance Statement


This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Avis de conformité à la réglementation d'Industrie Canada


Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

European Community Compliance Statement


This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2014/30/EU on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. IBM cannot
accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-
recommended modification of the product, including the fitting of non-IBM option cards.
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A Information Technology
Equipment according to European Standard EN 55032. The limits for Class A equipment were derived for
commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with
licensed communication equipment.

European Community contact:


IBM Deutschland GmbH
Technical Regulations, Department M372
IBM-Allee 1, 71139 Ehningen, Germany

214 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Tele: +49 (0) 800 225 5423 or +49 (0) 180 331 3233
email: halloibm@de.ibm.com

Warning: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio
interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

VCCI Statement - Japan

The following is a summary of the Japanese VCCI statement above:


This is a Class A product based on the standard of the VCCI Council. If this equipment is used in a
domestic environment, radio interference may occur, in which case the user may be required to take
corrective actions.

Japan JIS C 61000-3-2 Compliance

For products less than or equal to 20 A per phase, the following statement applies:

For products greater than 20 A, single-phase, the following statements apply:

For products greater than 20 A per phase, three-phase, the following statements apply:

Appendix D. Notices 215


Level 02a

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Statement - People's Republic of China

Declaration: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio
interference, in which case the user may need to perform practical action.

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Statement - Taiwan

The following is a summary of the Taiwan EMI statement above:


Warning: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio
interference, in which case the user will be required to take adequate measures.
IBM Taiwan Contact Information:

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Statement - Korea

Germany Compliance Statement


Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis: Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie zur
Elektromagnetischen Verträglichkeit

216 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element


Level 02a

Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-Richtlinie 2014/30/EU zur Angleichung der
Rechtsvorschriften über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit in den EU-Mitgliedsstaaten und hält die
Grenzwerte der EN 55032 Klasse A ein.
Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Geräte wie in den Handbüchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu
betreiben. Des Weiteren dürfen auch nur von der IBM empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. IBM
übernimmt keine Verantwortung für die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne
Zustimmung von IBM verändert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne
Empfehlung von IBM gesteckt/eingebaut werden.
EN 55032 Klasse A Geräte müssen mit folgendem Warnhinweis versehen werden:
"Warnung: Dieses ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A. Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funk-
Störungen verursachen; in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden, angemessene Maßnahmen
zu ergreifen und dafür aufzukommen."
Deutschland: Einhaltung des Gesetzes über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten
Dieses Produkt entspricht dem "Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten
(EMVG)". Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU-Richtlinie 2014/30/EU in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland.
Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit
von Geräten (EMVG) (bzw. der EMC EG Richtlinie 2014/30/EU) für Geräte der Klasse A
Dieses Gerät ist berechtigt, in Übereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG-Konformitätszeichen -
CE - zu führen.

Verantwortlich für die Einhaltung der EMV Vorschriften ist der Hersteller:
International Business Machines Corp.
New Orchard Road
Armonk, New York 10504
Tel: 914-499-1900

Der verantwortliche Ansprechpartner des Herstellers in der EU ist:


IBM Deutschland GmbH
Technical Regulations, Abteilung M372
IBM-Allee 1, 71139 Ehningen, Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 800 225 5423 or +49 (0) 180 331 3233
email: halloibm@de.ibm.com

Generelle Informationen:
Das Gerät erfüllt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55032 Klasse A.

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Statement - Russia

Appendix D. Notices 217


218 IBM Z: Service Guide for 2461 Support Element
IBM®

GC28-6991-02

You might also like